Francine Shapiro Library ~ EMDR Bibliography

Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links

Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."

Year:
Format:
Language:
Title of Article or Chapter:
Title of Book or Journal:
Author's Last Name:
Keywords:

Your Results - you searched for the keyword Opening Address 260 Results

1. 陈维樑 [Chen Wei-Liang]. (2008, 年10月[October]). 复杂哀伤,EMDR和“人格结构性解体”理论 [Complicated grief, EMDR and the "structural disintegration of personality" theory]. Proceedings of the 5th World Congress for Psychotherapy, Beijing, China.

Language: Chinese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Presentation will address the therapeutic issues of a complex bereavement case with traumatized history in a bicultural society. EMDR as an integrative psychotherapeutic approach and theory like the "Structural Dissociation of the Personality" as proposed by Nijenhuis, Van der Hart, Steele complements each other in working with complex bereavement. The Presentation outlines the conceptualization of the case based on this theory, the working process and milestones. As the individual grieves, various aspects of structural dissociation are observed. Symptoms are understood in light of the "Apparently Normal and the Emotional Parts of the Personality". The working procedures within the EMDR framework involve processing materials from different aspects of structural dissociation. A reduction of trauma-related symptoms (i.e. depression, phobia, anxiety) over the course of EMDR treatment was observed. Finally, treatment issues as related to attachment, traumatic memory, and daily functioning are discussed in the context of a bicultural urban city. (Presented in English)

Keywords: Complication Grief Personality Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

2. マギーフィリップス（田中究、穂積由里子、浅田雅子（翻訳） [Maggie Phillips (Tanaka Kiwamu, Hozumi Yuriko, Asada Masako (translators)] (2002). 最新心理療法―EMDR・催眠・イメージ法・TFTの臨床例 [単行本] [Finding the energy to heal: How EMDR, hypnosis, TFT, imagery, and body-focused therapy can help resolve health problems]. 東京：春秋社。 392 pp [Tōkyō: Shunjūsha. 392 pp.].

Language: Japanese

Format: Book

Abstract:
マギー・フィリップス著 ; 田中究監訳 ; 浅田仁子,穂積由最新心理療法: EMDR・催眠・イメージ法・TFTの臨床例 Saishin shinri ryōhō: Īemudīāru saimin imējihō tīefutī no rinshōrei 春秋社

A groundbreaking book that applies the principles of energy psychology and medicine to mind/body healing. Eastern healing focuses on correcting imbalance so that qi (life force energy) can flow freely again. This book proposes that various therapies can similarly address energies in mind/body systems and restore health. These tools can open inner, healing pathways that have been frozen by stress, trauma, and unresolved developmental issues.

Keywords: Body-Focused Therapy Hypnosis Imagery TFT Thought Field Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

3. Talwar, S. (2007, February). Accessing traumatic memory through art making: An art therapy trauma protocol (ATTP). The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(1), 22-35. doi:10.1016/j.aip.2006.09.001.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In this article I propose an art therapy trauma protocol (ATTP) designed to address the non-verbal core of traumatic memory. Trauma theorists [van der Kolk, B.A. (2003). Frontiers in trauma treatment. Presented at the R. Cassidy Seminars, St. Louis, MO 2004; Steele, W. & Raider, M. (2001). Structured Sensory Intervention for Traumatized Children, Adolescents and Parents-Strategies to Alleviate Trauma. New York: The Edwin Mellen Press] have endorsed alternative treatment methods such as eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR), body-based psychotherapy, and expressive arts therapy as an alternative to verbal psychotherapy. Following an overview of the role of memory and emotions in trauma and theories of art making and brain function, I describe a protocol that has had success in integrating the cognitive, emotional and physiological levels of trauma drawing on EMDR, McNamee’s bilateral art and Michelle Cassou’s method of painting. A one-session example serves to illustrate its use.

Keywords: Arts Bilateral Art Body-Based Psychotherapy Expressive Arts

Accuracy Verified: Yes

4. Savneet, T. (2007). Accessing traumatic memory through art making: An art therapy trauma protocol (ATTP). The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(1), 22-35. doi:10.1016/j.aip.2006.09.001.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In this article I propose an art therapy trauma protocol (ATTP) designed to address the non-verbal core of traumatic memory. Trauma theorists [van der Kolk, B.A. (2003). Frontiers in trauma treatment. Presented at the R. Cassidy Seminars, St. Louis, MO 2004; Steele, W. & Raider, M. (2001). Structured Sensory Intervention for Traumatized Children, Adolescents and Parents-Strategies to Alleviate Trauma. New York: The Edwin Mellen Press] have endorsed alternative treatment methods such as eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR), body-based psychotherapy, and expressive arts therapy as an alternative to verbal psychotherapy. Following an overview of the role of memory and emotions in trauma and theories of art making and brain function, I describe a protocol that has had success in integrating the cognitive, emotional and physiological levels of trauma drawing on EMDR, McNamee's bilateral art and Michelle Cassou's method of painting. A one-session example serves to illustrate its use.

Keywords: Art Therapy Art Therapy Trauma Protocol ATTP Creative Arts Therapy Creativity Emotions Memory Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

5. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas. El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos. Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo. En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento. Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas. Objetivos específicos: 1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma. 2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma 3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio 4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos 5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve. Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos. La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender. Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es. Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan. En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa. Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima. Procedimientos: - El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios. - Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado. - Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.

The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances. Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors. Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it. Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought. The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative. Specific objectives: 1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma. 2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma 3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change 4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries 5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques. Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy. The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood. Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not. Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek. In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house. Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem. Procedures: - The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures. - Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately. - Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.

Keywords: Brief Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

6. Follette, W. C., & Beitz, K. (2003, July). Adding a more rigorous scientific agenda to the empirically supported treatment movement. Behavior Modification, 27(3), 369-386. doi:10.1177/0145445503027003006.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
As the empirically supported treatment (EST) effort has expanded, there are efforts to make the study of ESTs a more integral part of training programs. In its present form, the EST list provides a poor model of how to evaluate treatment and scientific issues related to our field. This article offers several suggestions regarding how to establish a more relevant scientific agenda for the committee’swork if the study of ESTs is to usefully influence training programs. Recommendations are made to encourage programs and the CSP to study mechanisms of change, important contextual variables for therapy delivery, the distinction between statistical significance and clinical meaningfulness, dissemination, cost-effectiveness, and iatrogenic effects. It is argued that any program that created a curriculum educating students to thoughtfully address these issues when evaluating therapies would be producing sound clinical scientists regardless of the quality of the EST list itself.

Keywords: Critique Training Committee on Science and Practice CSP Empirically Supported Treatments EST

Accuracy Verified: Yes

7. Becker, C. B., Darius, E., & Schaumberg, K. (2007, December). An analog study of patient preferences for exposure versus alternative treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 45(12), 2861-2873. DOI:10.1016/j.brat.2007.05.006 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Although several efficacious treatments for PTSD exist, these treatments are currently underutilized in clinical practice. To address this issue, research must better identify barriers to dissemination of these treatments. This study investigated patient preferences for PTSD treatment given a wide range of treatment options in an analog sample. 160 individuals, with varying degrees of trauma history, were asked to imagine themselves undergoing a trauma, developing PTSD, and seeking treatment. Participants evaluated 7 different treatment descriptions, which depicted treatment options that they might encounter in a clinical setting. Participants rated their most and least preferred treatments along with their personal reactions to and the perceived credibility of each treatment. Participants also completed a critical thinking skills questionnaire. Participants predominantly chose exposure or another variant of cognitive-behavioral therapy as their most preferred therapy, and those who chose exclusively empirically supported treatments evidenced higher critical thinking skills. The present study contributes to a growing literature indicating that patients may be more interested in these therapies than indicated by utilization rates. The problem of underutilization of empirically supported treatments for PTSD in clinical practice may be due to therapist factors. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Americans Cognitive Processes Cognitive Therapy College Students Evidence Based Treatment Exposure Empirically Supported Treatment Patient Preference Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors Stressors Survivors TFT Thought Field Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

8. O'Shea, K. (2008, June). Anger, imagination and EMDR – what EMDR has taught us about the importance of anger and how to facilitate its safe release. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Jaak Panksepp’s text, Affective Neuroscience (1998), informs us of the vast amount of neurological data available to show that, like all mammals, anger is one of our basic affective circuits. Yet it is not identified as such in the diagnostic manual, at least here in the States. Only the destructive outcomes of angry behaviors are included. Guiding EMDR sessions over the past 17 years has given me the opportunity to observe the nondestructive release of anger as a protective response to harmful (traumatic) experiences. Imagination appears to provide us with an innate ability to acknowledge the degree of harm, and to experience, at a physical level, the capability to protect ourselves and others, if anything similar recurs. Following that release, I consistently see what I call “Compassion-with-Protection”, spontaneously expressed. Others call it “forgiveness”. Because of their experiences with destructive anger and our cultural avoidance of anger, clients often have difficulty allowing their angry feelings to be felt and released during EMDR work. Letting them know they have this capability can enable them to “just notice what happens” during trauma reprocessing. This workshop will address, via description and case examples, how EMDR has clarified the nature of anger. It will specify how EMDR clinicians can support their clients in releasing anger non-destructively (by clearing the anger circuit during Preparation, teaching them how the Imagination works - for self-use and during reprocessing, - and identifying the most efficient targeting sequences), so they can update their systems to their current level of capability and fully experience the “Compassion-with-Protection” that naturally follows.

Keywords: Anger Imagination

Accuracy Verified: Yes

9. Manfield, P., & Shapiro, F. (2003). The application of EMDR to the treatment of personality disorders. In J. F. Magnavita (Ed.), Handbook of Personality Disorders: Theory and Practice (pp. 304-330). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Since its inception in 1987, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has evolved into an integrated approach to psychotherapy that synthesizes aspects of the major psychological orientations. As such, its comprehensive treatment effects span cognitive, somatic, and affective domains (Shapiro, 2002). Although most widely used to process single or multiple incident traumatic memories, it can be used effectively to treat many conditions. In this chapter, we describe the theoretical foundations of this approach and how it is used to treat personality disorders. A fundamental principle of the Adaptive Information Processing Model is that present disturbance and dysfunctional characteristics have their origins in past events; these antecedents, whether identified or not, can be processed to an adaptive resolution using EMDR. In treating personality disorders, the EMDR approach integrates procedures from many other orientations to stabilize clients and equip them to address their source memories. The accelerated processing of disturbing memories that takes place during EMDR makes it possible for clients to address and resolve their issues relatively rapidly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Personality Disorders Psychotherapeutic Processes Theories

Accuracy Verified: Yes

10. de Jongh, A., ten Broeke, E., & Meijer, S. (2011). Approche des deux méthodes: Un modèle de conceptualisation de cas dans le contexte de l’EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 4(1), 12–21. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.1.E12.

Language: French

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Cet article décrit un modèle complet qui permet d’identifier des souvenirs cibles essentiels pour le traitement EMDR. L’“Approche des deux méthodes” peut s’appliquer à la conceptualisation et à la réalisation du traitement pour une large gamme de symptômes et de problèmes autres que ceux qui sont directement en lien avec l’ESPT. Le modèle se compose de deux types de conceptualisation de cas. La Première méthode s’applique aux symptômes permettant de préciser de manière significative les événements étiologiques ou aggravants sur une ligne du temps. Elle est principalement destinée à la conceptualisation et au traitement de troubles de l’Axe I du DSM-IV-TR. La Seconde méthode est utilisée pour identifier les souvenirs qui sous-tendent les croyances fondamentales dysfonctionnelles. Cette méthode est principalement destinée à traiter les formes plus graves de psychopathologie, comme la phobie sociale sévère, l’ESPT complexe ou les troubles de la personnalité. Les deux méthodes de conceptualisation de cas sont expliquées point par point, en détail, et sont illustrées par des exemples de cas.

This article describes a comprehensive model that identifies key target of memories for the treatment EMDR. The "approach of the two methods " can be applied to the conceptualization and implementation treatment for a wide range of symptoms and problems other than those directly related PTSD. The model consists of two types of case conceptualization. First method applies to specific symptoms for significantly Events causative or aggravating on a timeline. It is mainly intended for the conceptualization and treatment of disorders of Axis I DSM-IV-TR. The second method is used to identify memories that underlie dysfunctional core beliefs. This method is primarily intended to address the more serious forms of psychopathology such as social phobia severe complex PTSD or personality disorders. Both methods of conceptualizing cases are explained point by point in detail and are illustrated by case examples.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization Model

Accuracy Verified: Yes

11. Sautai, G. (2007, Juin). Approche des patient poly-traumatisés par immersion EMDR [Approach of poly traumatised patients with EMDR immersion]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Certains patients présentent "traumatisme poly» ou «empoisonnement psychique» tel que décrit par Jacques Roques dans «Guérir Avec l" EMDR. "Souvent, il s'agit d'un environnement socio culturel a commencé pendant l'enfance. Sur la base de l'hypothèse formulée par Francine Shapiro que le traumatisme peut engendrer des «bloqué les réseaux neuronaux," nous supposons une mise en forme "pourrait se produire au cours de la petite période d'apprentissage.
Exposés à un traumatisme insidieux et répétitifs, un jeune cerveau Virgin Stores réseaux neuronaux liés à la vulnérabilité des enfants en tant que mécanisme de défense. Cela pourrait être obstrué par des perturbations répétitives créer une souffrance psychologique. En tant qu'adulte, ce réseau neuronal inhibiteur, stimulée par déclenchement d'exprimer des comportements excessifs et une forte émotion que nous avons appelé le «non adapté en forme» (NAF).
Nous savons combien il est difficile de prendre ce type d'intoxication »en charge des séances de thérapie EMDR traditionnels en raison de l'interférence des composants multimodal. Habituellement, ils participent émotions mixtes liés à la sécurité, l'estime de soi et le libre choix. Par conséquent, nous avons développé une modalité particulière: EMDR immersion qui est un cours intensif de 10 jours consécutifs de traitement par le patient. «L'objectif clinique est de traiter les dimensions de la croissance personnelle et le développement ainsi que l'élimination de plus de la souffrance» (Francine Shapiro).
Notre expérience comprend 24 patients avec un niveau élevé de troubles psychologiques liés à la NAF. Seuls les patients avec expérience dissociative échelle score inférieur à 25 ont été considérés.
Nous utilisons l'approche thérapie EMDR suivant les 8 étapes du protocole standard.
Nous recevons toute l'histoire chronologique du patient, «de la naissance à aujourd'hui», permet nous permet d'identifier une moyenne de sept objectifs principaux.
Pour être capable de transmuer la NAF à une résolution d'adaptation, nous introduisons un des noms de ressources notamment l '«archaïsme», définie comme «la partie de l'être humain en charge de Live principe de préservation."
Nous l'accès au réseau d'information dysfunctionally stockée par le biais des objectifs.
Nous stimulons le système de traitement de l'information et de la maintenir en forme dynamique avec tactiles et autres additifs stimulations bilatérales. Nous passons l'information par le suivi du processus de libre-association et de lancement des procédures pour s'assurer que la cible transmue à une résolution adaptative.
Comme mesure psychométrique et méthode d'évaluation, nous utilisons l'échelle PCL-S sur les traumatismes exprimé par le patient au début de MED immersion. Le score moyen est de 70 degrés avant l'immersion elle à 28 deux mois plus tard et à 26 six mois plus tard.
En ce qui concerne les résultats encourageants, nous décidons de partager l'expérience afin de mettre à jour.

Some patients present with “poly traumatism” or “psychic poisoning” as described by Jacques Roques in “guérir avec l”EMDR.” Often it is a socio cultural environment started during childhood. Based on the hypothesis formulated by Francine Shapiro that trauma could engender “blocked neuronal networks,” we assume a “formatting” could occur during the childhood learning period.
Exposed to insidious and repetitive trauma, a virgin young brain stores neuronal networks related to the child vulnerability as defense mechanism. That could get blocked by repetitive disturbances creating psychological pain. As an adult, this blocker neuronal network, stimulated by trigger express excessive behaviors and strong emotion we called the “Non Adapted Formatting” (NAF).
We know how difficult it is to take this “poisoning” in charge with traditional EMDR sessions because of the multimodal components interfering. Usually, they involved mixed emotions related to security, self esteem and free choice. Therefore, we developed a particular modality: EMDR Immersion that is an intensive, 10 consecutive days of therapy with the patient. “The clinical goal is to address the dimensions of personal growth and development along with the elimination of over suffering” (Francine Shapiro).
Our experience includes 24 patients with a high level of psychological disturbance related to the NAF. Only patients with Dissociative Experience Scale score less than 25 were considered.
We use EMDR therapy approach following the 8 phases of the standard protocol.
We receive the complete chronological story of the patient, “from birth to now,” allows allows us to identify an average of seven main targets.
To be able to transmute the NAF to an adaptive resolution, we introduce a particular resource names “Archaism” defined as “Part of the human being in charge of Live Principle Preservation.”
We access the dysfunctionally stored information network through the targets.
We stimulate the information-processing system and maintain it in dynamic form with tactile and additive alternative bilateral stimulations. We move the information by monitoring the free-association process and initiating procedures to make sure that the target transmutes to an adaptive resolution.
As psychometric measurement and method evaluation, we use PCL-S Scale on the traumatisms expressed by the patient at the beginning of MED Immersion. The average score is at 70 before Immersion it degrees to 28 two months later and to 26 six months later.
Regarding the encouraging results, we decide to share the experiment in order to upgrade it.

Keywords: EMDR Immersion

Accuracy Verified: Yes

12. Haycock, R. D. (2009). Arming commanders to combat PTSD: A time for change – Attacking the stressors vice the symptoms. School of Advanced Military Studies, United States Army Command and General Staff College, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Arming Commanders to Combat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder by COL Robert D. Haycock, US Army, 53 pages. Just as war is not a new phenomenon, neither are the issues associated with the mental and emotional scars combat brings to those who fight a nation’s wars. Historically, the United States has assumed a reactive vice proactive posture as it relates to coping with the fiscal, and humanistic challenges that manifest within a nation at war, and those who experience the trauma of combat. The Army has proven slow to respond to the need to train and educate its leaders and instead has devoted vast capital on the assessment and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), attacking the symptoms as they arise, vice attacking the stressors which cause the affliction. The invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan and the deployment of forces throughout the world to combat terror, however, have created conditions whereby PTSD is again in the lime-light. This monograph examines PTSD from a historical perspective reviewing the manner in which the Army viewed, assessed, and treated those afflicted with PTSD as well its methods for training and educating those honored with the opportunity to lead these warriors in battle. This monograph highlights existing shortfalls in assessment, training, doctrine, and education as it relates to those commanding at the battalion-level. The Army does not properly prepare battalion commanders for the complexities of coping with PTSD in their units nor arm them with the tactics, techniques, and procedures necessary to mitigate the effects of PTSD on the combat effectiveness of their units and the soldiers that fill the ranks. The Army should implement more rigorous assessment programs for units deployed to identify those at risk of PTSD or demonstrating stress-related symptoms before the mental well-being of the soldier is dramatically affected and treatment becomes more difficult. Further, the Army should review and update existing doctrine and training techniques (Battlemind training) to focus specifically on commanders at the battalion level. The Army must demonstrate a linkage between doctrine, training and education, enhance efforts to consolidate PTSD resources for ease of access, and revise strategic communications procedures to reduce stigmas associated with PTSD. The Army must arm its tactical commanders with the tools to address the stressors associated with PTSD in order to preserve the force and ensure its effectiveness in the ambiguous and complex environment which appears to best characterize the way ahead.

Keywords: Combat Military Monograph Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

13. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, L. (2007, September). The art of EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The functions of EMDRIA Approved Consultants include the provision of consultation and supervision. While consultation is not the same as supervision, there is some overlap and legal implications, with the ultimate goal being to ensure competent treatment of clients. This workshop will address methods to examine and assess the applicants’ developmental abilities regarding quality consultation, case conceptualization skills, as well as knowledge and ability to implement the EMDR treatment model. This workshop also seeks to build upon the skills that current consultants already possess, refining and upgrading their competencies in effectively assessing applicants in the above areas.

Keywords: Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

14. Forbes, D., Creamer, M., Phelps, A., Bryant, R., McFarlane, A., Devilly, G. J., Lynda Matthews, L., Raphael, B., Doran, C., Merlin, T., & Skye N. (2007, August). Australian guidelines for the treatment of adults with acute stress disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 41(8), 637-648. doi:10.1080/00048670701449161.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Over the past 2-3 years, clinical practice guidelines (CPGs) for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and acute stress disorder (ASD) have been developed in the USA and UK. There remained a need, however, for the development of Australian CPGs for the treatment of ASD and PTSD tailored to the national health-care context. Therefore, the Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health in collaboration with national trauma experts, has recently developed Australian CPGs for adults with ASD and PTSD, which have been endorsed by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC). In consultation with a multidisciplinary reference panel (MDP), research questions were determined and a systematic review of the evidence was then conducted to answer these questions (consistent with NHMRC procedures). On the basis of the evidence reviewed and in consultation with the MDP, a series of practice recommendations were developed. The practice recommendations that have been developed address a broad range of clinical questions. Key recommendations indicate the use of trauma-focused psychological therapy (cognitive behavioural therapy or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in addition to in vivo exposure) as the most effective treatment for ASD and PTSD. Where medication is required for the treatment of PTSD in adults, selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitor antidepressants should be the first choice. Medication should not be used in preference to trauma-focused psychological therapy. In the immediate aftermath of trauma, practitioners should adopt a position of watchful waiting and provide psychological first aid. Structured interventions such as psychological debriefing, with a focus on recounting the traumatic event and ventilation of feelings, should not be offered on a routine basis. [InformaWorld]

Keywords: ASD Guidelines Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

15. Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health (2007, February). Australian Guidelines for the treatment of Adults with Acute Stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Melbourne, Victoria: ACPMH.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
The Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health in collaboration with national trauma experts, has recently developed Australian CPGs for adults with ASD and PTSD, which have been endorsed by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC). In consultation with a multidisciplinary reference panel (MDP), research questions were determined and a systematic review of the evidence was then conducted to answer these questions (consistent with NHMRC procedures). On the basis of the evidence reviewed and in consultation with the MDP, a series of practice recommendations were developed. The practice recommendations that have been developed address a broad range of clinical questions. Key recommendations indicate the use of trauma-focused psychological therapy (cognitive behavioural therapy or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in addition to in vivo exposure) as the most effective treatment for ASD and PTSD. Where medication is required for the treatment of PTSD in adults, selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitor antidepressants should be the first choice. Medication should not be used in preference to trauma-focused psychological therapy. In the immediate aftermath of trauma, practitioners should adopt a position of watchful waiting and provide psychological first aid. Structured interventions such as psychological debriefing, with a focus on recounting the traumatic event and ventilation of feelings, should not be offered on a routine basis. [InformaWorld]

Keywords: Treatment Guidelines

Accuracy Verified: Yes

16. Gierasch, M., Greenwald, R., Shapiro, R., & Schubbe, O. (2005, September). Becoming an EMDRIA-approved trainer. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Four EMDRlA Approved Providers of basic EMDR training, Molly Gierasch, Ricky Greenwald, Robin Shapiro and Oliver Schubbe, will speak about their unique experience of becoming trainers and their particular approach, including training settings and trainee populations, in teaching EMDR. The panel will address the present EMDRlA process and criteria for potential Approved Providers of basic EMDR training and the networking, sharing of resources, and support that has evolved over the last few years for all EMDRlA Approved Providers of basic EMDR training.

Keywords: Approved Providers Trainer Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

17. Kaplan, S., Wolper, B., Knipe, J., Gierasch, M., & Preston, J. (2006, September). Becoming an EMDRIA approved trainer. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The members of this panel will speak about their unique experiences in becoming Trainers of basic EMDR and their approaches to teaching basic EMDR to particular populations in particular settings: EMDR-HAP training, independent training, Medical University and University Graduate School settings, and the challenges and rewards of training. The panel will address the process and requirements for becoming an EMDRIA Approved Trainer and will describe the networking, sharing of resources, and support that are available for new, as well as for all, EMDRIA Approved Trainers.

Keywords: Approved Trainer

Accuracy Verified: Yes

18. Kiessling, R., & Kacsur, R. (2002, June). Being brief with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While there have been many modifications of the standard EMDR protocol to address a multitude of client issues, little has been said about integrating EMDR with Brief Therapy. Many clients seeking EMDR treatment may have a specific problem needing immediate relief, or have limited time, financial resources, or insurance benefits. This workshop is designed to help the EMDR clinician adapt brief treatment strategies to the standard EMDR approach. A belief/feeling cluster focused history taking approach is combined with a narrowly focused targeting strategy that effectively addresses identified past, present and future targets. The installation phase of treatment is extended into present and future targeting strategies. This strategy not only addresses present and future issues more rapidly, but also identifies additional blocking beliefs that may require targeting in order for the client to achieve full resolution of the presenting problem.

Keywords: Brief Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

19. Chen, L. (2008, June). Bereavement, EMDR & structural dissociation of the personality theory. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Poster Presentation will address the therapeutic issues of a complex bereavement case with traumatized history in a bicultural society. EMDR as an integrative psychotherapeutic approach and theory like the “Structural Dissociation of the Personality” as proposed by Nijenhuis, Van der Hart, & Steele complements each other in working with complex bereavement. The Presentation outlines the conceptualization of the case based on this theory, the working process and milestones. As the individual grieves, various levels of structural dissociation are observed. Symptoms are understood in light of the “Apparently Normal and the Emotional Parts of the Personality”. The working procedures within the EMDR framework involve processing materials from different levels of structural dissociation. A reduction of trauma-related symptoms (i.e. depression, phobia, anxiety) over the course of EMDR treatment was observed. Finally, treatment issues as related to attachment, traumatic memory, and daily functioning are discussed in the context of a bicultural urban city. [Note: Poster and Word Versions]

Keywords: Dissociation Personality Theory Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

20. Korn, D., Weir, J., & Rozelle, D. (2005, June). Beyond the data: Clinical lesions learned from a four-year treatment outcome study comparing EMDR to prozac. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
"Bridging the gap between research and clinical practice" is a challenging and elusive goal. Outcome data, while critical for the legitimacy and advancement of clinical work, often fail to translate into practical skill sets. It is only when clinicians look beyond the data that they learn some of the most valuable lessons of research.
In this session, we will present the results of a four-year, randomized controlled study comparing EMDR to Prozac in the treatment of PTSD. We will also explore the clinical and practical lessons learned throughout the study. We will address assessment and history taking, treatment planning, readiness for processing, target selection. transference and countertransference, and adult versus childhood onset trauma. We hope to give EMDR practitioners an in-depth analysis of the real-life processes, dilemmas, and learning that took place during our protocol based treatment outcome study. Video segments will be used to illustrate clinical concepts and key points. And perhaps, most importantly, these same segments will be used to demonstrate how we struggled to recognize and learn from our own mistakes.

Keywords: Plenary Prozac

Accuracy Verified: Yes

21. Fisher, J. (2007, September 29). The body as a shared whole: Somatic interventions for working with trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the Quarterly Meeting Program of The New England Society for the Treatment of Trauma and Dissociation.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
To stabilize overwhelming symptoms, integrate memories, and overcome the terror of intimacy, traumatized clients must establish sufficient safety in the body that they do not continue to recreate the unsafe world of childhood. Otherwise, the “child in the nightmare” from decades ago remains lost in time, demoralized by internal critics and terrified by the threats of hypervigilant internal protectors. Because the body is the container for all past and present experience and for all parts of the self, somatically oriented approaches can address the intense and often baffling reactions of these patients in a way that is both simple and effective. This workshop will demonstrate bodyoriented interventions for working with traumatized and dissociative patients drawn from Sensorimotor Psychotherapy and easily integrated into EMDR, IFS, and traditional talking therapies. Through the use of lecture, videotape, and demonstration, participants will have the opportunity to observe somatically informed solutions to a number of common clinical challenges encountered in trauma treatment. Capitalizing on recent advances in the research on attachment and trauma, the workshop will also provide a context for understanding how to use the therapeutic relationship to provide a safe “container” for both patient and therapist in the challenging work of trauma treatment.

Keywords: Dissociation Somatic Interventions Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

22. Miller, R. (2011, August). Breaking impulse-control disorders: A new theory and protocol for compulsions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Feeling-State Theory of Impulse-Control Disorders postulates that Impulse-Control Disorders such as pathological gambling, sexual addiction, and compulsive shopping are created when intense positive feelings become linked with specific behaviors. The effect of this linkage is that the person compulsively reenacts the behavior related to that original positive-feeling event. The therapy described in this presentation is the Impulse-Control Disorder Protocol (ICDP), which uses a modified form of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) to address these fixations. Three case studies wiill be used to illustrate the theory and the application of ICDP.

Keywords: Feeling-State Theory Impulse-Control Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

23. Laliotis, D. (2009, August). Building on the basics: An EMDR refresher course. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This course is for EMDR therapists who would like to deepen their understanding of EMDR principles, protocols and procedures. Whether you feel the need for a review because you haven’t been using EMDR recently or you would like to enhance your active EMDR practice, this course is for you. From the three-pronged approach to applications of resource installation and cognitive interweave, you will come away from this course more confident in your ability to integrate EMDR into your clinical practice. You will see videotapes of real cases and will have an opportunity to discuss, in depth, case conceptualization and treatment planning issues and how to incorporate the informational plateaus of responsibility, safety and choices throughout the course of treatment. We will also address the unique demands of being an EMDR therapist and how to successfully navigate the inherent challenges of a powerful and effective psychotherapy approach.

Keywords: Basics Refresher

Accuracy Verified: Yes

24. Shapiro, R., Hofmann, A., & Grey, E. (2013). Case consultation: Unremitting depression. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(1), 39-44. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.1.39.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Case Consultation is a new regular feature in the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research. In this article, an eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinician briefly describes a challenging case in which a man, “George,” was referred for EMDR for treatment of a depression that began more than 2 years previously. After all his reported traumatic memories were completely processed with EMDR, George remains severely depressed and the therapist asks how to proceed effectively with treatment. Responses are written by three experts. The first expert, Robin Shapiro, describes a comprehensive list of possible etiologies, including attachment, early trauma, genetic, and other biological causes and their appropriate EMDR, ego state, or medical treatments. The second expert, Arne Hofmann, reviews the treatment that was provided and makes suggestions for alternate treatment targets, suggesting that the therapist could address the client’s belief that “nothing will change” and try the EMDR inverted protocol. The third expert, Earl Grey, recommends that the clinician focus on addressing small “t” traumas, even if the client indicates that he or she has little to no disturbance and explains how to develop and implement a “restorative life span target sequence.”

Keywords: Consultation Depression Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

25. Leeds, A. (1993, March). Case formulation presentation. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The first principle in EMDR case conceptualization is recognizing the degree to which the treatment will need to address:
1) specific effects of trauma (large t traumas);
2) other developmental deficits (small t traumas) This is assessed during the client history taking (Phase 1); by responses to protocols in both preparation and assessment phases (Phases 2 and 3); reprocessing (Phase 4, 5, and 6); and during thle reevaluation (Phase 8).

Keywords: Case conceputalization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

26. Greenwald, R. (1995, June). Children-case presentations. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One major limitation of EMDR is that it is an individual treatment modality. However, individual treatment of a child may be insuflicient, and broader interventions are often required. This is especially likely when environmental forces are unsupportive or in opposition to the healing process. This presentation will focus on the use of EMDR on several levels in child treatment, including individual treatment of traumatic memories, enhancing family support for healing, and addressing family obstacles to healing. Format will include lecture, vignettes, and a video case presentation of the EMDR treatment of a young girl who had been raped by a babysitter, along with the EMDR treatment of her older brother who bullied her. Assessment of child problems includes consideration of many factors. The focus here will be on the child's trauma history, and on the current family situation it pertains to treatment of the child's traumatic memories. Methods of assessment addressed here include interview of the child and the parent, observation of family interactions, and observation of the child's progress, both during and after EMDR treatment. A number of interventions are available to enhance or augment individual EMDR treatment of the child. Vignettes will be presented to illustrate the following interventions: referral to family therapy when successful EMDR highlighted the symptom's functional role; EMDR with a parent to reduce reactivity to the child; and prompting the parent(s) to produce statements and behaviors to be used later as content for installations. A challenging case will be presented in which a family, though motivated, demonstrated a number of behaviors which threatened to undermine the child's treatment. The family consisted of a single father in his late twenties, an eight year-old boy, and a seven-yearold girl. The presenting problem was the girl's ongoing post-traumatic symptoms, particularly nightmares and social withdrawal, some two years after having been raped by a babysitter. (the boy also had social and behavioral problems in school.) Unfortunately, the "lessons" of the girl's traumatic experience were frequently reinforced in the family context, through the brother's bullying of his younger sister, the father's complicity in the bullying, and the father's own tendency to be overly controlling and threatening. Treatment began with two family sessions and one with the father alone. The next three sessions were split to provide some individual time for each child as well as for the father. The seventh, final session included a family meeting and then some time for each individual. Work with the father was difficult and slow, as he was very defensive regarding his own possible contributions to his children's problems. Early interventions included delicate attempts to help the father understand the effect of his yelling and threatening - even though he was no longer in the habit of physically striking his children. Meanwhile, in part to enhance the therapeutic alliance, the primary focus was on direct treatment of the children. Some of this is shown on video. The girl was asked to draw a picture of her bad dream, and then to draw it "all better." She first drew a dark picture of a large man with fangs dripping blood. The next picture was of a nicer man on a sunny day. This activity was used as part of her introduction to the upcoming EMDR work. In the next session she agreed to do EMDR and completed processing in 25 minutes. The following session she indicated that the memory was no longer disturbing, and many of the symptoms had disappeared. She began to raise her next concern, by playing with a doll and a baby bottle, and complaining that she did not get to see her mother enough. Over the same three sessions the boy was also treated with EMDR for a number of relatively minor traumatic memories, including a car accident, the loss of two pets, and a vision of the devil. Despite apparently successfull processing, he was unable to conclude that he was a "good boy," due to evidence to the contrary: memories of his father's anger at him. Cognitive interweave was used to access a sense of inner goodness. The bullying behavior reportedly disappeared both at home and at school, and he also moved on, to express concerns about missing his mother. Treatment was interrupted due to a change in insurance coverage, so continued treatment and follow-up was not accomplished. This case illustrates some ways that EMDR can be enlisted to address aspects of the family context which may constitute obstacles to healing. The girl's brother was treated with EMDR to reduce his mistreatment of her; and the boy's sense of badness, largely gained by interaction with his father, was overcome by accessing internal resources in the absence of parental support. In conclusion, EMDR can play multiple roles in both the diagnosis and treatment of family obstacles to healing.

Keywords: Case Presentations Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

27. Leeds, A. M., & Korn, D. L. (1998, July). Clinical applications of EMDR in the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper was co-presented with with Deborah L. Korn, Psy.D. In my portion of this presentation I introduced Alan Schore's research on the neurobiological correlates of early trauma and abuse and with implications for treatment stragegy. The presentation covered the use of EMDR, Resource Development and Resource Installation methods across the entire treatment plan. Dr. Korn reviewed treatment principles and adaptations to the EMDR trauma protocol for this population.[Author abstract] Participants will learn how to: 1) apply specific EMDR protocols in each of the three strategies of recovery: stabilization and safety, trauma focused processing, and reconnection and identify development; 2) integrate ego strengthening strategies into a comprehensive EMDR based treatment plan for clients who have limited affect tolerance and self-capacities; 3) apply cognitive interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs and fears about the treatment process; and 4) use EMDR to address maladaptive schemas commonly seen in this population.[Conference Program Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Neglect Sexual Abuse Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

28. Dworkin, M. (2005, June). Clinical strategies for dealing with challenging EMDR clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied R/D/1 strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments; and variations of cognitive interweaves designed to repair moments of misattunement, returning both parties to a co-regulated states so that trauma processing may proceed.

Keywords: Challenging Client

Accuracy Verified: Yes

29. Grygo, M. (2008). A clinical trial of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy with conduct disordered adolescent boys. University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba Canada. AAT NR35998.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Conduct disorder and other disruptive behaviours represent the most common form of child and adolescent psychopathology referred for treatment by parents and teachers. A number of studies conducted in university research centers have demonstrated meaningful treatment gains especially with preadolescents with conduct disorder. However, studies conducted with older adolescents, especially those with comorbid disorders, as well as studies conducted in community-based clinic settings have been mostly unsuccessful. With a few exceptions, the extant treatments have not made any special effort to address effects of traumatic experiences that research has demonstrated to be very prevalent among conduct disordered children and adolescents. Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) therapy developed by Ricky Greenwald (2002a) has shown promising results in his open trial study. MASTR is a complex treatment approach which addresses several key areas crucial in treating adolescents with conduct disorder: development/enhancement of motivation for treatment, development/enhancement of anger management and problem solving skills, and treatment of past trauma effects. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of MASTR therapy with 10 adolescent boys with conduct disorder placed in a residential treatment facility. This study combined single subject and qualitative research methodologies to offer a detailed look into the implementation and evaluation of MASTR therapy in a residential treatment centre. Foremost, this study demonstrates the formidable problems of conducting treatment research with this population in this kind of setting. Results suggested that, when it can be sufficiently implemented, MASTR therapy may be an effective treatment method producing some meaningful changes in behaviour for some severely disturbed adolescents with conduct problem. The study also demonstrated that EMDR may be an effective treatment for reducing emotional distress associated with past trauma in adolescents with conduct disorder. Factors associated with the limited success of this treatment study are identified and discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences. 69(1-A), 2008, pp. 109.

Keywords: Adolescent Boys Clinical Trial Conduct Disorder Empirical Study MASTR Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution Therapy Quantitative Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

30. Dworkin, M. (2005, September). Clinican strategies for dealing with challenging EMDR clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with both before and during an EMDR session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these moments and learn strategies to overcome potential moments of misattunements. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied RDI strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments in session; and using a variation of a cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire" will be introduced as a method of enhancing these awarenesses. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on.

Keywords: Challenging Client Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire Countertransference Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

31. Barfoot, K. M., Casey, M. C., & Callaway, A. J. (2012, July). Combined EEG and eye-tracking in sports skills training and performance analysis. Presentation at the World Congress of Performance Analysis of Sport IX, University of Wooster.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of mobile EEG brainwave monitoring and eye-tracking recorded synchronously during the training of sports skills offers significant opportunities but creates challenges. Opportunities: ¨ Measuring neurocognitive activity and visual focus in real time which can be used to provide immediate feedback to the coach, in ‘real world’ settings, for optimising training protocols for the individual athlete. ¨ Use of sound output (‘sonification’) in proportion to EEG regions of interest as a neurofeedback mechanism for athlete self-training. ¨ Application of visualisation protocols and ‘EEG-driven’ PC games where game feedback based on state of mind is used to optimise mental state prior to performance. ¨ Examining the relationship between eye movement and neuro activity (e.g. saccades and gamma waves) and in athlete coaching interventions such as sports visual scanning strategies, Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, focussed relaxation, etc. Challenges: ¨ The recording of EEG during gross motor behaviour is subject to non-brain artefacts in the raw (time-domain) EEG, due to the much larger (than EEG) electrical voltages arising from muscle and eye movements. Practical approaches and signal processing (frequency domain spectrum) techniques to address these problems will be discussed. ¨ The synchronisation of data recorded on different types of equipment (e.g. EEG, eyetracker, video, sound, EMG, etc.) with different ‘clocks’ and diverse data formats is difficult – both in terms of time-stamping the original recordings across all the systems and playing them back synchronously for subsequent performance analysis. Progress on creating real-time data export methods which allow synchronous data recording and playback will be reported. Examples of studies carried out in archery, golf, motorsport, football and skiing will be discussed, with a focus on archery where: ¨ Measurements were taken from intermediate, county level, near elite and elite archers. ¨ Archery was chosen to demonstrate the real-time and in-situ quantification of neural activity compared with target-based measures of performance that archery provides, over a range of time-spans and skills. ¨ Results demonstrate that there are significant and measurable changes in EEG patterns during a shot with evidence suggesting that the patterns vary as a function of skill level, but not simply as a function of score. Significance of each of these studies for goal-directed learning and performance enhancement are discussed.

Keywords: EEG Eye Tracking Performance Analysis Sports Skills

Accuracy Verified: Yes

32. Zangwill, W. (2001, June). Combining EMDR and meditation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experiential workshop combines EMDR with meditation to teach EMDR clinicians how better to enhance client safety during and between sessions and to address issues of their own. Participants will practice specific meditative techniques for use with themselves and their clients.

Keywords: Meditation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

33. Lovett, J. M. (1999, June). Combining EMDR with play therapy to treat a 3-year old with severe PTSD: A case study. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) to recognize a range of posttraumatic symptoms of young children who are neonatal intensive care nursery graduates; 2) to integrate EMDR into play therapy to address these posttraumatic symptoms; 3) to identify parental beliefs whic may interfere with resolution of the child's posttraumatic symptoms; and 4) brief intervention with EMDR that can be helpful to parents.

Keywords: Case Study Children Neonatal Intensive Care Play Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

34. Lipke, H. (2012). Comment on Dunne and Farrell (2011). Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(2), 82. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.2.82.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
I was quite pleased to see Dunne and Farrell (2011) intelligently and usefully address clinician experience incorporating eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) into practice. I was also pleased that they could find some use for the data I accumulated in 1992 from the 443 responders to the questionnaires sent to the first 1,295 EMDR Institute trainees for whom I was able to obtain current addresses (Lipke, 1995). Dunne and Farrell (2011). {Excerpt]

Keywords: Letter

Accuracy Verified: Yes

35. Leeds, A. (2006, September). The consensus model. In criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development & installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes (A. Leeds). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Complex PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder C-PSTD Consensus Model Resource Development & Installation RDI Treatment Criteria

Accuracy Verified: Yes

36. Maxfield, L. (2008). Considering mechanisms of action in EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(4), 234-238. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.4.234.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This special issue of the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research contains a number of articles that address preliminary issues related to these complex questions. There are two research studies: a study investigating the physiological effects of EM (Sack et al.) and a study evaluating the effect of EM on the components of autobiographical memory (Maxfi eld et al.) . There are several articles by researchers who have summarized their fi ndings and provided a theoretical perspective on related issues (Lee; Propper & Christman; Sondergaard & Elofsson; Stickgold). Two theoretical articles propose neurobiological and other mechanisms of action (Bergmann; Solomon & Shapiro ). All these articles make a real contribution to our conceptualizations of EMDR mechanisms. It is our hope and intention that this issue will stimulate thinking, and provide ideas and models for future research, with the expectation that fi ndings will help to guide and direct clinical practice. (Excerpt)

Keywords: Editorial Mechanism of Action

Accuracy Verified: Yes

37. Eidhof, M. B. (2012). The contribution of emotion to the effects of EMDR. Universiteit Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Until now, the effects of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), has been best explained by Working Memory (WM) theory. Research on the effects of EMDR has always concerned emotional memory, even though the WM account does not consider the emotional element in EMDR. Insights from neuroscience about emotion and its role in the consolidating of stimuli have led to questions that WM theory cannot address. Therefore, the present study introduces the WM/emotion theory on EMDR, which complements WM theory by incorporating knowledge about emotion and its expected role in EMDR treatment. WM/emotion theory expects emotion to play an important role in EMDR treatment, because the re-experiencing of emotion during the recall of an (traumatic) emotional memory seems to enhance (re)consolidation of the ‘blurred’ (as a result of taxing the WM) memory. If this is true, it means EMDR treatment would only affect memories with high emotional charge, and EMDR would be less effective with neutral memories. To test this hypothesis, an experiment was conducted in which negative emotional- and neutral memories of participants were treated with a lab version of EMDR (recall + eye movements (Recall+EM’s)) or a control intervention (Recall-only). It was expected that after Recall + EM’s the reduction of the vividness (and emotionality) would be larger for emotional memories than for neutral memories.It was found that after Recall+EM’s only the vividness (and emotionality) of emotional memories was reduced. The results of the present study suggest that emotion is a crucial element in EMDR treatment and knowledge about the workings of EMDR should be revised according to WM/emotion theory.

Keywords: Autobiographical Memories Consolidation Emotion Negative Memories Neutral Memories Reconsolidation Vividness Working Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

38. Medema, M. L. (2012). Coping styles in the treatment of traumatized refugees. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universiteit Utrecht.

Language: Dutch

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Which approach is most beneficial is yet unclear and Basoglu (2006) critiques this lack of progress in the field and pleas for empirically driven interventions on PTSD. To address this issue, Ter Heide is currently conducting a randomized trial to compare the efficacy of EMDR and stabilisation in a sample of of traumatized refugees and asylum seekers (hereafter the term refugees refers to both refugees and asylum seekers). The feasibility and acceptability of such a trial was demonstrated in a pilot study (Ter Heide, Mooren, Kleijn, De Jongh, & Kleber, 2011). To further counseling theory, research and practice, it should however also be examined “when” and “for whom” PTSD treatments are effective and therefore we should engage in research on moderators (Frazier, Tix & Barron; 2004). Hence, the present study examines the role ofcoping styles as possible moderators in EMDR and stabilistation treatment of traumatized refugees. This study attempts to add empirical value to the theoretical framework on the treatment of PTSD in refugees and this may also have clinical implications as to which treatment is more beneficial for which patients.

Keywords: Asylum Seekers Coping Styles Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Quality of Life Refugees Stabilisation Treatment Outcome

Accuracy Verified: Yes

39. Gomez, A. M. (2007, September). Creative ways of administering the EMDR protocol with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide a comprehensive body of knowledge and advanced techniques so EMDR clinicians can effectively implement the EMDR protocol with children. Participants will learn strategies to make children acquainted with the different components of the EMDR protocol, as well as the use of sand tray techniques to assist children during the EMDR assessment and desensitization phases. Special attention will be placed on how and when to use the cognitive interweave with children. Different types of cognitive interweaves that are more suitable for children will be presented. Additionally, this workshop will address how to work on the future template with children using play therapy and creative strategies.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

40. Dattilio, F. (2001). Crisis intervention techniques for panic disorder. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 55(3), 388-405.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Panic disorder is estimated to affect more than 4% of the U.S. population. It is assumed that this incident rate increases during crisis situations. While the professional literature is replete with references on the treatment of panic disorders, few authors address the use of nondrug treatment in conjunction with crisis intervention. This article provides an overview of the latest nonpharmacologic interventions for panic along with a description of their effectiveness in reducing the onset of symptomatology as well as preventing relapse during crisis.

Keywords: Crisis Intervention Non-drug Treatment Panic dsiorder Nonpharmacological Interventions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

41. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of Resource Development & Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Consensus Model RDI Resource Development and Installation Treatment Criteria

Accuracy Verified: Yes

42. Leeds, A. M. (2007, June). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development and installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories (Brown, Scheflin, & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhius, Steele, 2006). Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been described in a series of published case reports as an effective stabilizing intervention for adult survivors of adverse childhood experiences (Korn & Leeds, 2202; Leeds, 1997, 1998, 2001b; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000; Popky, 2005). These clinical case reports of RDI have been described observed decreases in intense shame, depersonalization, angry outbursts, self-injurious behaviors, compulsive eating, obsessive self-critical thoughts, persistent negative emotional states (misery), sexual acting out, and substance abuse. There are now several published procedural descriptions (Korn & Leeds, 2002; Leeds, 2001; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) and a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR (Shapiro, 2001).
The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with post traumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been persistently offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. EMDR has been shown to produce stable, enduring treatment effects for symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder. RDI has not. Until recently (Korn et al, 2004; Leeds, 2005, 2006; Shapiro, 2004) little attention has been given to assuring appropriate use and avoiding misuse of RDI. This presentation will describe serious clinical and professional issues in continuing to offer RDI over repeated treatment sessions to patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet or achieve readiness criteria for standard EMDR reprocessing and in failing to offer or in excessively delaying EMDR reprocessing.
This presentation will clarify and review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients (1) and clinical situations (2) the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations (3) RDI should be offered cautiously, if at al, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients (4) RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR processing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented (5) to clarify its clinical application. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may b associated with misuse or excessive use of RDI. A series of ten clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD RDI Resource Development and Installation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

43. Leeds, A. (2010, July). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development and installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients (1) and clinical situations (3) the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations (4) RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients (2) RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented (5) to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD RDI Resource Development & Installation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

44. Hornsfeld, H. (2005, June). Cue exposure and EMDR, a new protocol description of procedure and demonstration of clinical application in the treatment of binge eating. In EMDR and eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this presentation a new protocol will be described which combines EMDR and cue exposure in the treatment of binge eating disorder. Reason to adjust the cue exposure protocol by Jansen (1997) is that it is primarily aimed at extinction of the conditioned response pattern, but misses the opportunity to specifically address the processing of emotional and cognitive reactions. Two years of experience with this new procedure show results. The protocol will be presented and will be illustrated by video fragments. Specific issues like target selection, NC, PC and future templates will be discussed.

Keywords: Cue Exposure Eating Disorders Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

45. Hornsveld, H. (2005, June). Cue exposure and EMDR, A new protocol description of procedure and demonstration of clinical application in the treatment of binge eating. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this presentation a new protocol will be described which combines EMDR and cue exposure in the treating of binge eating disorder. Reason to adjust the cue exposure protocol by Jansen (1997) is that it is primarily aimed at extinction of the conditioned response pattern, but misses the opportunity to specifically address the processing of emotional and cognitive reactions. Two years of experience with this new procedure show positive results. The protocol will be presented and will be illustrated by video gragments. Specific issues like target selection, NC, PC and future templates will be discussed.

Keywords: Binge Eating Cue Exposure Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

46. Jongedijk, R. A., Gersons, B. P. R., & ter Heide, F. J. J. (2011, Het Voorjaar). De behandeling van complexe ptss-patiënten: Traumagerichte therapieën [The treatment of complex PTSD patients: Trauma-focused therapies]. Presentatie op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bij de behandeling van complexe ptss-patiënten wordt niet altijd de evidence- based behandeling toegepast, zoals die wordt beschreven in de richtlijnen. Doorgaans is de mening, dat stabilisatie het enige mogelijke is vanwege gevaar voor psychische decompensatie. Inmiddels is voldoende evidentie, dat traumagerichte therapieën ook bij complexe ptsspatiënten mogelijk en effectief zijn. Doel: In deze bijblijfsessie zal worden betoogd, dat evidence-based traumagerichte behandeling bij complexe ptss-patiënten mogelijk en wenselijk is. Aandacht zal worden besteed aan moeilijkheden en mogelijkheden bij deze groep patiënten. Methoden: Na een algemene inleiding over de richtlijnen voor psychotherapeutische behandeling van ptss en over complexe ptss (R. Jongedijk), zullen vervolgens presentaties worden gegeven over drie evidence-based behandelvormen voor ptss, te weten het Kort Eclectisch Protocol voor ptss (kep; B. Gersons), narratieve exposure therapy (net; R. Jongedijk) en eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (emdr; J. ter Heide). Expliciet zal worden ingegaan op de moeilijkheden en mogelijkheden van deze therapievormen bij complexe ptss-patiënten. De aanpassingen in de behandeling voor deze groep patiënten zal worden besproken. Na de voordrachten zal er tijd zijn voor vragen en discussie. Resultaten: Er is een duidelijk overzicht gegeven van drie evidence-based psychotherapievormen voor ptss. Voor de complexe groep ptss-patiënten zijn de eventuele aanpassingen aan de standaardprocedures van de behandeling aan bod gekomen. Aangetoond is dat deze behandelvormen goed toepasbaar zijn bij complexe ptss-patiënten. Conclusie: Evidence-based behandeling van complexe ptss-patiënten door middel van traumagerichte psychotherapie heeft doorgaans de voorkeur. De deelnemer van de bijblijfsessie heeft kennis genomen van drie evidence-based behandelvormen voor ptss en kent de moeilijkheden en mogelijkheden om deze toe te passen bij complexe ptss-patiënten.

In the treatment of complex PTSD patients is not always evidence-based treatment applied as described in the guidelines. Typically, the view that stabilization is the only possible because of risk of psychological decompensation. Meanwhile, sufficient evidence that trauma-focused therapies even for complex ptsspatiënten possible and effective. Purpose: This bijblijfsessie will be argued that evidence-based trauma-focused treatment for complex PTSD patients is possible and desirable. Consideration will be given to problems and opportunities in this patient group. Methods: After a general introduction about the guidelines for psychotherapeutic treatment of PTSD and complex PTSD (R. Jongedijk) will then presentations are given on three evidence-based treatments for PTSD, namely the short Eclectic Protocol for PTSD (kep; B . Gersons), narrative exposure therapy (net; R. Jongedijk) and Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR, J. Heide). Will explicitly address the difficulties and possibilities of this therapy are patients with complex PTSD. The adjustments in the treatment of these patients will be discussed. After the presentations there will be time for questions and discussion. Results: There is a clear overview of three evidence-based forms of psychotherapy for PTSD. For the complex group of PTSD patients, the adjustments to the standard procedures of treatment addressed. It has been demonstrated that these therapies are well applicable for complex PTSD patients. Conclusion: Evidence-based treatment of complex PTSD patients by trauma-focused psychotherapy is usually preferred. The participant of bijblijfsessie has noted three evidence-based treatments for PTSD and knows the difficulties and possibilities to apply it in complex PTSD patients.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

47. Jaspers, J. (2011, May). De relatie tussen wetenschap en klinische praktijk [The relationship between science and clinical practice]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 32(2), 59-60. "Online First".

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
De discussie over mindfulness die in het vorige nummer van Psychologie & Gezondheid is gevoerd, wordt in dit nummer voortgezet. Frank Vernooij reageert op de eerdere bijdragen vanuit zijn klinische ervaring metmindfulnessmeditatietraining (MTT). Hij relativeert de bijdrage die vanuit de wetenschap kan worden geleverd aan de klinische praktijk in het algemeen en aan het vaststellen van de waarde en effectiviteit van mindfulness in het bijzonder. Ook in het vorige nummer werd door Maya Schroevers en haar collega’s en door Ivan Nyklíček het effectonderzoek naar MTT al positiever ingeschat dan door Remco Havermans, maar Vernooij gaat nog een stapje verder. Hij lijkt de mogelijkheden van de wetenschap om uitspraken te doen over de klinische praktijk niet hoog in te schatten. Havermans vermoedt zelfs dat Vernooij hem beschuldigt van sciëntisme, de overtuiging dat wetenschap superieur is aan alle andere interpretaties van het leven. Havermans maakt glashelder waarom hij vindt dat wetenschap een cruciale rol vervult voor een op evidentie gebaseerde klinische praktijk. Tevens stelt hij nogmaals vast dat de evidentie voor MMT te wensen overlaat en dat ook het meest recente onderzoek, gepubliceerd in 2010 en 2011, dezelfde methodologische tekorten kent als eerder effectonderzoek naar MMT. De zoekterm ‘mindfulnesss’ leverde voor 2010 en 2011 weliswaar bijna 400 citaties op, maar hieronder vond hij slechts vijf relevante MMT-trials. Bij zijn beschrijving van deze trials stelt Havermans terloops vast dat hoge impactfactoren van tijdschriften niet garant staan voor kwalitatief het best mogelijke onderzoek. Dit laatste is mogelijk een troost voor Sandra Mulkens en andere Nederlandse onderzoekers die, geheel in de huidige academische traditie, zo hoog mogelijk proberen te scoren in Engelstalige wetenschappelijke tijdschriften, lees haar column in dit nummer. Naast effectonderzoek is onderzoek in de traditie van de experimentele psychopathologie (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) een beproefde manier om wetenschappelijke kennis te vergaren die van groot belang kan zijn voor de klinische praktijk. Het openingsartikel van dit nummer is hiervan een voorbeeld bij uitstek. Over de werkzame factoren van EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) is veel gespeculeerd, maar nauwelijks iets bekend. Het onderzoek van Marcel van den Hout, Iris Engelhard en collega’s heeft hierover een aannemelijk theoretisch model opgeleverd. De theorie dat belasting van het werkgeheugen een cruciale rol speelt bij het vervagen van negatieve en positieve herinneringen is door hen in een serie experimenten overtuigend aangetoond. Een van die experimenten wordt in het openingsartikel beschreven. De publicaties hierover (zowel Engelstalig als in het Nederlands) en de klinische implicaties die door de onderzoekers zijn geformuleerd, hebben tot veel reacties geleid. Gelet op de geschiedenis van EMDR in Nederland, met uitgesproken pleitbezorgers en criticasters, wekt dat wellicht weinig verbazing. In nummer 1 van Dth (Directieve therapie) van dit jaar reagerenWillen van der Does en Hellen Hornsveld op het model van Van den Hout en Engelhard en de consequenties ervan voor de klinische praktijk. Een opmerkelijke overeenkomst met de discussie over mindfulness is de verschillende interpretatie van het wetenschappelijk onderzoek, in dit geval de evidentie voor EMDR in vergelijking met cognitieve gedragstherapie (CGT): Van der Does (2011) meent dat EMDR net iets minder effectief is dan CGT, terwijl Hornsveld (2011) de conclusie trekt dat CGT, in het bijzonder imaginaire exposure, het aflegt tegen EMDR. Ook al waarschuwen beiden tegen al te snelle gevolgtrekkingen van dit experimenteel onderzoek bij niet-patiënten voor de klinische praktijk, nieuwe wetenschappelijke informatie lijkt vooral geïnterpreteerd te worden vanuit reeds eerder bestaande opvattingen en oordelen over EMDR en CGT. De suggestie van Van den Hout en Engelhard (2011) dat EMDR een gewone CGT-techniek kan worden, zal hen door de snel groeiende Vereniging EMDR Nederland niet in dank worden afgenomen, al hoopt Van der Does (2011) op decimering van het ledental. Al met al blijkt uit deze recente discussies het spanningsveld tussen wetenschap en klinische praktijk. De ontwikkelingen in de (klinische) psychologie, waarbij de kloof tussen wetenschappers en clinici alleen maar lijkt toe te nemen, onder andere omdat het door de toenemende specialisaties steeds moeilijker wordt voor psychologen om beide beroepsrollen te combineren, doen daar geen goed aan.

The discussion about mindfulness in the previous issue of Psychology & Health are hereby continued in this issue. Frank Vernooij responding to previous contributions from his clinical experience mindfulness and meditation training (MTT). He puts the contribution that science can be delivered to the clinical practice in general and to determine the value and effectiveness of mindfulness in particular. In the previous issue was Schroevers Maya and her colleagues and by Ivan Nyklicek impact study MTT been more positive assessments than by Remco Havermans, Vernooij but goes one step further. He seems the ability of science to make statements about the clinical practice to estimate high. Havermans even suspects that he Vernooij accused of scientism, the belief that science is superior to all other interpretations of life. Havermans makes clear why he thinks science is a crucial role for an evidence-based clinical practice. Also, he once again that the evidence of MMT is inadequate and that the latest research, published in 2010 and 2011, has the same methodological shortcomings as earlier research on effects MMT. The search term 'mindfulnesss "delivered in 2010 and 2011, while nearly 400 citations, but below, he found only five relevant trials MMT. In his description of these trials suggests that high Havermans casually impact factors of journals does not guarantee the best quality research. The latter may be a comfort to Sandra Mulkens and Dutch researchers, all in the current academic tradition, try to score as high as possible in English scientific journals, read her column in this issue. Besides effects research, research in the tradition of experimental psychopathology (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) a proven way to scientific knowledge is produced that may be important for clinical practice. The opening article of this issue is an example par excellence. On the effective factors of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been much speculation but very little known. The study by Marcel van den Hout, Iris Engelhard and colleagues has made a plausible theoretical model yielded. The theory that taxes working memory plays a crucial role in the blurring of negative and positive memories by them in a series of experiments convincingly demonstrated. One of those experiments in the opening article. The publications on this subject (both English and Dutch) and the clinical implications have been formulated by the investigators, have led to many responses. Given the history of EMDR in the Netherlands, with strong advocates and critics, suggests that perhaps little surprise. In a number of Dth (directive therapy) this year to respond to van der Does and Helen Horn Field on the model of van den Hout and Engelhard and its consequences for clinical practice. A remarkable agreement with the discussion of mindfulness is the different interpretations of scientific research, in this case the evidence for EMDR compared to cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT): Van der Does (2011) believes that EMDR is slightly less effective than CBT, while Horn Field (2011) concludes that CBT, in particular imaginal exposure, it looses against EMDR. Although both warn against too rapid conclusions from this experimental study in non-patients for clinical practice, new scientific information seems to be interpreted from pre-existing beliefs and judgments about EMDR and CBT. The suggestion of Van den Hout and Engelhard (2011) that EMDR is a simple CBT techniques may be, will bring them through the fast-growing Netherlands Association EMDR not be appreciated, though hopes Van der Does (2011) on the decimation of the membership. All in all, of these recent discussions the tension between science and clinical practice. Developments in the (clinical) psychology, where the gap between scientists and clinicians only seems to be increasing, partly because it is the increasing specialization is becoming increasingly difficult for psychologists to both professional roles to combine, do not do well.

Keywords: Mindfulness and Meditation Training, MTT

Accuracy Verified: Yes

48. Stewart-Grey, E. (2008). De-stress: A qualitative investigation of EMDR treatment. Capella University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3329849.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
There is no qualitative knowledge of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) with a sub-clinical stressed population. The vast majority of EMDR research has focused on traumatized populations, leaving a significant gap in what the non-traumatized or sub-clinically stressed clients experience. Sub-clinical stress includes any level of stress that does not meet the DSM-IV-TR criteria for PTSD. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the lived experiences of body sensations, emotions, beliefs, and imagery during EMDR treatment of participants with sub-clinical stress. Participants fit into either a young adult (18-35), adult (36-49), or older adult (50-60) maturity category and did not meet the criteria for PTSD. The sample consisted of 12 participants, from a large metropolitan area in the Northeastern United States. A qualitative phenomenological design was used to gather data following the EMDRIAs treatment protocol including a final interview asking questions about what the participants experienced in their body, thoughts, emotions, and memory images. The data was analyzed using constant comparative techniques using open coding and will be verified with member check techniques. The results identify five thematic holistic experiences across the participants. The themes of responsibility, safety, choices, power, and value emerged from the data. The results imply that is may be necessary to address all 5 themes for effective stress resolution. Also, the scholarly, clinical, and practical understanding of the Adaptive Information Processing Model concepts of responsibility, safety, and choices manifest in participants lived sensory experiences are now expanded and in need of additional research. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Americans Effects Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

49. McCammon, S. L., & Allison, E. J. (1995). Debriefing and treating emergency workers. In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Compassion fatigue: Coping with secondary traumatic stress disorder in those who treat the traumatized (pp. 115-130). New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Chapter 6 emphasizes the importance of promoting trauma resolution and healthy coping strategies in emergency workers. Strategies that can be implemented before, during, and after a traumatic event are summarized. Pretrauma interventions include the use of a stress audit, training regarding stress and its management, and policy development.During a traumatic event, interventions include orientation to the trauma site, on-scene support, demobilization, and debriefing. Common elements among the several debriefing models described include the structuring of opportunities to review the events of the traumatic situation and to ventilate feelings, the learning of skills for integrating and mastering the event, and obtaining assistance in identifying, enlisting, and accepting help from one's support system. Post-trauma activities include individual follow-up sessions, the use of experimental procedures such as eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and attention to anniversaries of traumatic events. A decade of anecdotal reports testifies to the effectiveness of debriefing and provides helpful insights into working with emergency responders. Currently, research efforts are under way to assess systematically the impact of debriefing. Future research should address the mediating effect of emergency workers' coping behaviors and cognitions. [Introduction, p. xix]

Keywords: Adults Critical Incidence Stress Debriefing CISD Education Medical Personnel Prevention Emergency Personnel Self-Help Techniques Vicarious Traumatization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

50. Shapiro, F., Lake, K., & Norcross, J. C. (2003, November). Desensibilización y reprocesamiento por movimientos oculares (EMDR): Un tratamiento integrador para el trauma [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as an integrative treatment for trauma]. Revista de Psicotrauma para Iberoamérica, 2(3), 4-12.

Language: Spanish

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR es un método psicoterapéutico integrador que ha sido designado oficialmente una forma efectiva de tratamiento para el trastorno de estrés postraumático en la comunidad internacional. El EMDR de ocho fases proporciona un método eficiente, estructurado y seguro para hacer frente a los efectos nocivos de los eventos traumáticos. Varios aspectos del método EMDR, incluyendo su capacidad para hacer frente a los componentes múltiples de la experiencia del trauma (creencias, emociones, sensaciones fisiológicas), han hecho un llamamiento a los psicoterapeutas de diversas orientaciones teóricas. Aunque existen muchas similitudes entre el método EMDR y otros sistemas de las psicoterapias, EMDR es un enfoque distinto, debido, en parte, al uso de un modelo de procesamiento de información para explicar la psicopatología. Protocolos EMDR incorporan una combinación única de elementos que se piensa extender los resultados positivos del tratamiento. [Autor Resumen]

EMDR is an integrative psychotherapeutic approach that has been officially designated an effective form of treatment for PTSD within the international community. The eight-phase EMDR provides an efficient, structured, and safe method for addressing the deleterious effects of traumatic events. Various aspects of EMDR, including its ability to address the multiple experiential components of trauma (beliefs, emotions, physiological sensations), have appealed to psychotherapists of diverse theoretical orientations. Though many similarities exist between EMDR and other systems of psychotherapies, EMDR is a distinct approach due, in part, to its use of an information processing model to explain psychopathology. EMDR's protocols incorporate a unique combination of elements that are thought to extend positive treatment outcomes. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressor Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

51. Bae, H., & Daeho, K. (2012). Desensitization of triggers and urge reprocessing for an adolescent with internet addiction disorder. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(2), 73-81. DOI: 10.1891/1933-3196.6.2.73.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This case study reports the successful treatment of Internet addiction in a 13- year-old male using four 45-minute sessions of the desensitization of triggers and urge reprocessing (DeTUR) protocol—an addiction protocol of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR; Popky, 2005). This protocol uses EMDR procedures to process current triggers and positive future templates, but it does not identify or directly address any past trauma. At baseline, the participant showed a moderate level of Internet addiction (scoring 75 on Young’s Internet Addiction Test [IAT]) and moderate depression (26 on the Beck Depression Inventory [BDI]). During assessment, he identified 7 triggers for Internet gaming and rated the associated urge to engage in the activity with scores of 3–9 on the level of urge scale (0 5 lowest, 10 5 strongest). Using the DeTUR protocol, the level of urge for each trigger was reduced to 2, which the participants defined as “not being able to think about or crave for the game.” After treatment, his symptoms had declined to nonclinical levels (38 on IAT and 6 on BDI) and he was able to restrict his time on the Internet to an hour per day. These therapeutic gains were maintained at 6- and 12-month follow-up. The DeTUR may be a good treatment option for Internet addiction and further controlled studies are needed.

Keywords: Adolescents DeTUR Game Addiction Internet Addiction

Accuracy Verified: Yes

52. Popky, A. J. (2002, June). DeTur a new way to address addictions and dysfunctional behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This prootcol has been used effectively by EMDR therapists over the years in dealing with a wide range of addictions and behaviors, including substances, eating, gambling, sex, etc. This presentation will consist of didactic, visuals, demonstrations of various phases with case examples from the author and other therapiess and case examples. Also addressed will be some of the many different pitfalls in dealing with this population and methods to deal with the problems.

Keywords: Addictions DeTur

Accuracy Verified: Yes

53. Wagner, F. (2004). Die wirksamkeit von eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) bei der posttraumatischen belastungsstorung im vergleich zu kontrollbedingungen und kognitiv-behavioralen therapien: Eine metaanalytische untersuchung [Efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for post-traumatic stress disorder compared with control conditions, and cognitive-behavioral therapies]. Zugl: Heidelberg. doi:volltextserver/volltexte/2005/5803 . --.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
Das Ziel der vorliegenden Metaanalyse war es, die Wirksamkeit von EMDR und kognitiv-behavioralen Therapieverfahren bei der posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung mit dem aktuellen Stand an Publikationen metaanalytisch zu untersuchen. In einer umfassenden Literaturrecherche wurden hierfür sowohl publizierte Originalarbeiten als auch unpublizierte Manuskripte recherchiert. Insgesamt gingen 32 Originalstudien in die Metaanalyse ein. 13 der Studien waren reine EMDR-Studien; 7 untersuchten sowohl eine Gruppe mit EMDR als auch eine Gruppe mit kognitiv-behavioraler Therapie. 12 Studien waren reine kognitiv-behaviorale Therapiestudien. Darüber hinaus sollte die Wirksamkeit unter dem Gesichtspunkt der verschiedenen PTSD- und komorbiden Symptomatiken betrachtet werden. In einem weiteren Schritt wurde EMDR direkt mit kognitiv-verhaltenstherapeutischen Behandlungsmethoden verglichen. Effektstärken wurden sowohl für die PTSD-Symptomkategorien Intrusionen, Vermeidung und erhöhtes Arousal als auch für die komorbiden Symptome Angst und Depression berechnet. Die Berechnung der Effektstärken erfolgte anhand von standardisierten Mittelwertsvergleichen. Neben dem direkten Vergleich von EMDR mit kognitiv-behavioralen Therapieansätzen bzw. von EMDR und kognitiv-behavioraler Therapie mit Kontrollgruppen (Post-/Post-Vergleich) wurden auch die Veränderungen innerhalb der Behandlungsgruppen berechnet (Prä-/Post-Vergleich). In den Post-/Post-Vergleich gingen nur kontrollierte und randomisierte Originalstudien ein. In den Prä-/Post-Vergleich hingegen wurden auch Ein-Gruppen-Studien aufgenommen. Als Effektmaß wurde Hedges´d verwendet. Die Ergebnisse legen nahe, dass sowohl EMDR als auch die kognitiv-behaviorale Therapie wirksam in der Behandlung der posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung sind. Beide Verfahren reduzieren in klinisch bedeutsamem Umfang, sowohl unmittelbar als auch lang anhaltend, die PTSD-Symptomatiken Intrusionen, Vermeidung und erhöhtes Arousal. Darüber hinaus führen beide Behandlungsmethoden auch zu einer Reduktion der komorbiden Symptomatiken Angst und Depression. Die Effektivität beider Verfahren zeigt sich hierbei sowohl im Prä-/Post-Vergleich als auch im direkten Post-/Post-Vergleich mit einer Kontrollbedingung. Darüber hinaus ergibt sich eine ähnlich hohe Wirksamkeit von EMDR und kognitiv-behavioraler Therapie, sowohl im Vergleich der Prä-/Post-Effektstärken als auch im direkten Post-/Post-Vergleich. Dennoch scheint es unterschiedliche Einflussfaktoren zu geben, welche die Therapieeffektivität sowohl bei EMDR als auch bei kognitiv-behavioraler Therapie beeinflussen. Aufgrund der geringen Studienzahl lassen sich diese Faktoren jedoch nicht näher untersuchen. Des Weitern zeichnen sich Unterschiede hinsichtlich der Effizienz der beiden Therapieformen ab: So beträgt die durchschnittliche Behandlungsdauer bei EMDR 5 Sitzungen, bei der kognitiv-behavioralen Therapie hingegen 8 Sitzungen. Darüber hinaus ist die Expositionsdosis bei den kognitiv-behavioralen Therapien höher als bei EMDR.
Die Befunde zur Wirksamkeit der bilateralen Stimulation sind hingegen weniger eindeutig. Allerdings sind Studien, welche den Versuch unternehmen, die Augenbewegungen bei Personen mit PTSD isoliert zu betrachten, oftmals von erheblichen methodischen Mängeln gekennzeichnet. Einzelne Befunde und Modellvorstellungen zur Rolle der bilateralen Stimulation beim EMDR werden im Diskussionsteil erörtert.

The aim of this meta-analysis is to examine the efficacy of EMDR and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy approaches in the treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) on the basis of the publications relating to this issue up to the present. A large-scale search for pertinent literature came up with a total of 32 original studies. The results of these studies suggest that both the EMDR approach and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy methods are effective in the treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Both approaches bring about immediate and sustained reduction of the PTSD symptoms intrusions, avoidance, and hyperarousal to a clinically significant degree. In addition, both treatments lead to a reduction of the comorbid symptomatologies anxiety and depression. The comparison of pre/post effect sizes and direct post/post comparison indicate that EMDR and cognitive behavioral therapy are similar in their efficacy. In terms of efficiency the EMDR method appears to have a slight advantage. However, the present meta-analytic study makes no attempt to address the issue of whether this efficiency advantage should be interpreted as having a bearing on clinical practice.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

54. Knipe, J. (2010, September/October). Dissociation through the AIP lens. Opening address at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Dissociation Opening Address

Accuracy Verified: Yes

55. Zucker, M., Spinazzola, J., Blaustein, M., & van der Kolk, B. A. (2006). Dissociative symptomatology in posttraumatic stress disorder and disorders of extreme stress. Journal of Trauma and Dissociation, 7(1), 19-32. doi:10.1300/J229v07n01_03.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The present study was designed to assess differences in dissociative symptoms in adults with Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) vs. PTSD plus Disorders of Extreme Stress Not Otherwise Specified (DESNOS). This study was done for two reasons: (1) to better understand the clinical profile of DESNOS clients in order to inform more effective treatment, and (2) to further empirical research on the validity of the DESNOS construct. To assess severity of dissociative symptoms, the authors administered the Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES) to 155 participants with PTSD. Using the Structured Interview for Disorders of Extreme Stress (SIDES), participants were divided into two groups: those who also met criteria for DESNOS and those who did not. DES means are provided for the two groups. Participants with PTSD plus DESNOS scored higher than participants with only PTSD on the measure of dissociative symptomatology, particularly on the DES scales that tap absorption/fantasy and depersonalization/derealization. The two groups did not differ on the amnesia subscale of the DES. Findings support the construct validity of the DESNOS concept and further delineate the clinical profiles of community-based PTSD with and without DESNOS, thus contributing to the knowledge base on the assessment of complex adaptations to trauma. [Article copies available for a fee from The Haworth Document Delivery Service: 1-800-HAWORTH. E-mail address: Website: © 2006 by The Haworth Press, Inc. All rights reserved.]

Keywords: DES DESNOS Dissociation Dissociative Experiences Scale Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

56. Muret, M. (2010, April). Dissociative vs. associative techniques to treat dissociation. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the past two decades, various effective techniques have been developed for the treatment of trauma: EMDR, EMI, EFT, OEI, NLP, SE, etc. These different techniques inevitably raise the question: “Which techniques should be used for which patients? “ Because dissociative disordered patients may react to trauma work with dissociative detachment, a "low impact" technique is needed. Thus, therapeutic approaches that employ a certain degree of dissociative distancing seem to be well-suited to dissociative patients. Richard Bandler (NLP) and, more recently, Cary Craig (EFT) have developed calm, nondramatic ways to address trauma and solve problems. EMDR, a more associative method, seems better suited to stable patients who possess good resources. This workshop will present a continuum that locates techniques along a scale of increasing degrees of confrontation. Special attention will be given to EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques), an easy-to-learn method. Techniques for reinforcing the Somatic Self during EMDR sessions will be explained. The second part of this workshop will present a conceptualization for these techniques, based on the works of Stephen Porges, Ellert Nijenhuis and Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi (Flow Theory).
Learning Outcomes The attendee will learn to consider the danger(retraumatization) of an intervention. According to the kind of patient and situation, he will be better able to choose the best available technique. For newcomers a basic methode of EFT will be taught, that can be later used in simple cases. Through a "participative" teaching the attendee will understand and integrate difficult abstracts concepts like: polyvagal model, structural dissociation, mental tension, ...

Keywords: Associative Techniques Dissociation Dissociative Technqiues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

57. Shapiro, F. (1995, September/October). Doing our homework. Family Therapy Networker, 19(5), 49-53.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Michael Lerner's call to arms at last spring's Family Therapy Network Symposium (see page 44) challenged therapists to become a greater moral force in the world and to take more responsibility for the collective good. Lerner stirred an audience of 2,500 therapists with his impassioned appeal for the mental health community to mobilize politically, yet 1 was struck by an important omission in his address there was little mention of our own individual and collective responsibility for the current crises feeing our profession. I don't think therapists can take the moral high ground with anyone when we haven't cleaned up our own house. I remember hearing about a conversation in which a therapist who said he did family therapy was asked where he was trained. "What's the big deal?' he replied. "I'm a therapist and 1 was born into a family. What more do I need?" I asked the person who told the story, "How did you respond to that?" She shrugged and said, "Nothing. You know how people are. It goes on all the time."

In a field that prides itself on its mavericks and creative innovators, from Freud to Milton Erickson, doing therapy without training is often viewed as an indicator of a willingness to reject stultifying orthodoxies and break with outmoded clinical traditions. But the argument that individual clinicians need the autonomy to work intuitively can often become an excuse for not bothering to become thoroughly prepared and knowledgeable about what has already been developed.

As the originator of a new therapeutic approach called Eye Movement De-sensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), I have had the opportunity to get a close-up view of how therapists incorporate new clinical methods into their practices. After publishing a controlled study on EMDR in 1989, I decided to teach it to licensed mental health professionals as an experimental procedure. This way, as we awaited further research, clinicians could use EMDR judiciously, careful to employ other procedures if the method did not work. However, I soon began getting reports about clients who appeared to be harmed by EMDR and discovered that they had been treated with improvised versions of the method taught to their therapists by past participants in EMDR trainings. Some participants had even trained lay hypnotists and massage therapists in their version of EMDR. There seemed to be little understanding that you are not qualified to teach something you just learned. My psychiatrist friends laughed at my shock and said, "Why are you surprised? Haven't you heard of 'See one, do one, teach one?" Advertisements for "eye movement therapy" started appearing around the country taught by people who had never been fully trained themselves. Some even started to run workshops based on their reading of the two-page procedure section of my eight-year-old research publication.

The intentions of these therapists may have been benign, but the consequences for their clients were sometimes disastrous. One young woman who had been raped was treated by a therapist who had heard that EMDR was useful for treating trauma. Without any other information, preparation or procedural safeguards, the therapist started using the eye movement component of EMDR, without any real grasp of the method. The young woman appeared to calm slightly, but when she returned home, she started crying uncontrollably, ended up in a fugue state and had to be hospitalized. When I told the story to another therapist, his response was, "Clients do that all the time. How do you know it wouldn't have happened anyway?" The answer is I don't, but I know that there is much less likelihood of a client being hurt if clinicians are well trained in their methods. As long as we shrug off the use of methods by colleagues who haven't been adequately trained in them, we have to accept part of the responsibility for their results.

Keywords: Cautions Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

58. Manfield, P. (2013, May). Dyadic resourcing: Creating a foundation for treating early trauma [La dyade comme ressource: Créer une base solide pour traiter les traumas de la petite enfance]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.
Learning Objectives: • Explain why cognitive interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders • List 15 possible sources of resource figures a client might have that the client can feel a present affective connection to. • List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. • Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves. • Describe how the “morphing” process minimizes a client’s resistance to feeling nurtured.

Cet atelier présente la dyade comme ressource, une approche conçue pour faciliter le retraitement en EMDR pour les traumas de la petite enfance chez des clients qui ont été sévèrement négligés dont ceux avec un trouble de l’attachement. L’objectif de ce processus est d’aider le client à se connecter au niveau affectif à une expérience intérieure d’être dans une relation nourrissante parent-enfant. Cet atelier portera sur les principes de base et les processus centraux de cette forme de ressourcement incluant les 5 étapes pour établir cette ressource. Le processus sera illustré à l’aide de vidéos de transcription sur les ressources et une démonstration en direct. Il fournira aussi des ‘’liens’’ afin d’avoir accès gratuitement à des formations sur les ressources.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Expliquer pourquoi les tissages cognitifs ne sont pas aidant pour les clients ayant un trouble de l’attachement • Une liste de 15 figures ressourçantes pour le client et pour lesquelles il peut ressentir une connexion sur le plan affectif. • Une liste de 8 techniques qui peut être utiliser afin d’aider le client à se sentir de plus en plus connecter à une ressource. • Décrire 4 indications que le client n’adopte pas une position d’observateur mais plutôt qu’il soit vraiment identifié avec leurs ‘’soi’’ d’enfant. • Décrire comment le processus de ‘’morphing’’ peut diminuer la résistance au sentiment d’être nourrit affectivement

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Morphing Resource Figures

Accuracy Verified: Yes

59. Manfield, P. (2011, August). Dyadic resourcing: EMDR with difficult clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Difficult Clients Dyadic Resourcing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

60. Kleinman, M., & Kleinman, M. (1998, July). The dynamics of family violence: Its impact on women and children: Using EMDR to treat victims and perpetrators. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand the subtleties and complexities of abusive relationships; 2) be able to assess children for subtle signs of abuse and coercion, including brainwashing; 3) be taken through a case of successful treatment of a perpetrator; 4) be able to employ EMDR with victims of domestic vilence to "unhook" them from a controlling partner; 5) know the strategic points to address therapeutically with children growing up in these families and how to use EMDR to process past trauma and to restore self esteem; 6) better understand what makes an abuser "tick" and to assess whether or not to use EMDR with perpetrators; and 7) gain a fuller understanding of domestic violence.

Keywords: Brainwashing Children Domestic Violence Family Violence Perpetrators Victims Women

Accuracy Verified: Yes

61. Silverman, S. J. (2011). Effecting peak athletic performance with neurofeedback, interactive metronome®, and EMDR: A case study. Biofeedback, 39(1), 40-42. doi:10.5298/1081-5937-39.1.08.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This case study chronicles the application and effects of a customized combination of therapies, including neurofeedback, Interactive Metronome® (IM), and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) created to help a professional athlete improve his brain function and performance. Brian, a 28-year-old professional baseball player, sought help for difficulty maintaining focus and concentration while playing baseball. He felt his challenges impeded his athletic performance, and he wanted to perform at the highest possible level during the upcoming spring training season. Brian's history combined with the results of a QEEG brain map led to a diagnosis of Attention Deficit Disorder–Inattentive Type. The individualized treatment program for Brian included neurofeedback to lower theta activity and increase beta, IM to improve coordination and timing, and EMDR to address his feelings of anger and lack of self-confidence. At the conclusion of his training, Brian described feeling “clear-headed” and was able to focus his mind when needed. His timing and coordination improved, and he showed a positive attitude about playing baseball and felt confident that he would perform well at spring training.

Keywords: Athelete Attention Deficit Disorder–Inattentive Type IM Interactive Metronome® Neurofeedback Performance ENhancement QEEG Brain Map

Accuracy Verified: Yes

62. Cloitre, M. (2009, January). Effective psychotherapies for posttraumatic stress disorder: A review and critique. CNS Spectrums, 14(1, Supplement 1), 32-43 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This report reviews and critiques the psychotherapy literature for the treatment of PTSD and systematically presents data on sample size, rates of completion, and effect sizes. Substantial progress has been made in the use of cognitive behavioral therapies and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing for the resolution of PTSD. Innovations in PTSD treatments are identified. Further advances are needed in the treatment of populations with complex and chronic forms of PTSD such as those found in childhood abuse populations, refugee populations, and those experiencing chronic mental illness. The need to address comorbid emotional, social, and physical health consequences of trauma, to implement treatments in community-based settings, and to incorporate larger systems of care into study designs is noted. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Exposure Therapy Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

63. Lamphear, M. H. (2011). Effectiveness of the post critical incident seminar in reducing critical incident stress among law enforcement officers. Walden University, Minnesota. 3454138.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Summative program evaluation was used to examine the effectiveness of the Post Critical Incident seminar (PCIS) in reducing traumatic stress symptoms of law enforcement officers (LEOs). Previous trauma theory research indicated when not addressed, the impact of such trauma leads to serious physical and mental health problems. The use of the PCIS with the study population had not been evaluated. This study was conducted, using archival data, to address this gap. The sample consisted of LEOs in the southeastern US. Officers participated in either PCIS-only or PCIS + EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) groups and were also categorized according to time since the incident. The Impact of Events Scale-Revised (IES-R) was administered at the start of each PCIS and again at 6 months. Dependent t tests were used to demonstrate significant pre/post decreases in IES-R scores for both groups. Of clinical concern at pretest, the IES-R scores for the PCIS + EMDR group were reduced to below the scale's threshold for clinical concern. Regression analyses were used to also document significant links connecting the time since the incident, type of incident, and gender with IES-R scores. These preliminary findings lend support for the PCIS, with implications for social change and further study: With continued research and recommendations, the PCIS can be enhanced to best help LEOs remain healthy and fit for duty, resulting in a safer society.

Keywords: Critical Incidents Law Enforcement Officers Peer Support Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder Psychology Stress PTSD Recent Events Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

64. Thieman, S. L. (2009). The effects of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized children. Prescott College, AZ. AAT 1465372.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The cost and benefits of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) on children who have endured trauma was reviewed in an effort to answer the following question: can EMDR, an established therapeutic tool for trauma recovery with adults, address the needs of children who are experiencing the after effects of trauma? This literature review included research on the brain, repercussions of trauma, and the process of EMDR treatment. A case study of an eight year old boy attending a psychiatric day treatment program depicts both childhood trauma and EMDR treatment and indicates that EMDR was an effective treatment modality for this boy with a history of abuse and neglect. The client's drawings indicate a reduction and release of trauma following a session of EMDR. These findings are congruent with much of the available literature.

Keywords: Children Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

65. Penarreta, L. (2011, Mayo). Eficiencia del EMDR en la psicoprofilaxis quirúrgica para disminución de los síntomas emocionales adversos, y mejoramiento del proceso de recuperación en niños de 5 a 12 anos del servicio de cirugía del hospital de niños Baca Ortiz de Quito-Ecuador [Efficiency of EMDR in the psycho surgical reduction of adverse emotional symptoms, and improvement of the recovery process for children 5 to 12 years of service children's hospital surgery Baca Ortiz in Quito, Ecuador]. Universidad Central Del Ecuador, Facultad de Ciencias Psicologicas, Instituto Superior de Postgrado, Quito, Ecuador.

Language: Spanish

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Las ideas que las personas tienen de una cirugía están impregnadas de fantasías con una excesiva carga de ansiedad que impiden un adecuado control emocional y proceso de recuperación. Una intervención quirúrgica implica un desequilibrio biológico y psicológico que requiere que la persona vuelva a lograr su estabilidad. El presente trabajo tiene como objetivo verificar que el método del EMDR (Desensibilización y reprocesamiento a través de movimientos oculares) es eficiente en la psicoprofilaxis quirúrgica logrando reducir estas ansiedades y temores en los niños de 5 a12 años del Servicio de Cirugía del Hospital de Niños Baca Ortiz que tendrán que enfrentar un acto quirúrgico. A través de la identificación de los recursos necesarios para hacer frente a cada una de estas situaciones, con el EMDR se procede a instalarlos usando estimulación bilateral y acoplándolos con la correspondiente creencia positiva permitiendo que el infante consiga una exitosa evolución pre y post-quirúrgica. Se trata de una investigación correlacional cuasi-experimental en la que se seleccionó una muestra infantil con los criterios de inclusión y exclusión, que son infantes de 5 a 12 años que requieren ser operados, y que cumplan los criterios para el tratamiento con EMDR; donde se demuestra que el 100% de los niños estudiados presentan un alto nivel de ansiedad antes de la cirugía y que luego de aplicarse este método psicoterapéutico esta sintomatología disminuye llegando a niveles bajos, observándose una evolución favorable en su recuperación. Se considera por lo tanto que el EMDR es un método eficiente en la psicoprofilaxis quirúrgica infantil.

ABSTRACT. The ideas that people have about a surgery are impregnated with fantasies and an excessive burden of anxiety that impede an adequate emotional control and recovery process. Surgery involves biological and psychological imbalance that requires a person to be able to achieve stability again. The present work aims to verify that the method of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is efficient in reducing these pre surgical anxieties and fears in children patients from 5 to12 years old at Children's Hospital Baca Ortiz who will face a surgical procedure. Through the identification of resources needed to address each of these situations, EMDR is appropriate to install them using bilateral stimulation and coupling them with the corresponding positive belief allowing the child to get a successful development of pre-and post-surgical procedure. This is a quasi-experimental correlational research in which a sample was selected according to the criteria of inclusion and exclusion, infants that are 5 to 12 years who require surgery, and who meet the criteria for treatment with EMDR; which shows that 100% of the children studied, had a high level of anxiety before surgery and then applying this psychotherapeutic method these symptoms decreased to low levels, showing a favorable trend in his recovery. It is considered therefore that the EMDR is an effective method in child surgery preparation.

Keywords: Adverse Emotions, Hospital Baca Ortiz Surgery Preparation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

66. Zaro, S. (2013, March 12). EMDR - PEP in the sports arena. Examiner.com. Retrieved from http://www.examiner.com/article/emdr-pep-the-sports-arena 3/21/2013.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
JL: Over the past twenty years Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) has progressed from a technique that could be used within existing psychotherapy modalities such as psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive behavioral, integrative approaches to address symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR has evolved into a distinct integrative approach based upon Francine Shapiro’s, Ph.D., Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) which suggests that EMDR address dysfunctionally stored memory networks. Essentially this means that everything we learn whether it enters our sensory receptors through vision, hearing, taste, touch or smell becomes stored in our brains in a way it can be retrieved when needed and it adapts according to other information coming in through the environment. Learning occurs when new associations are created with material already stored in a persons memory. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Interview Jennifer Lendl Performance Enhancement Sports

Accuracy Verified: Yes

67. Roques, J. (2008, Mai). EMDR - Une révolution et un changement de paradigme thérapeutiques [EMDR – A therapeutic revolution and paradigm shift]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
La présentation comporte trois volets. Le premier volet présente le fondement neurologique de l’EMDR qui est centré sur les réseaux neuronaux de la mémoire - ce qui permet une compréhension nouvelle des phénomènes dissociatifs et qui fait ressortir le potentiel du traitement en EMDR. Le deuxième volet aborde les applications de ce cadre théorique à l’ensemble des manifestations pathologiques : traumatismes simples et complexes, intoxications psychiques, épisodes psychotiques brefs et même certains cas de début de schizophrénie. Le troisième volet démontre à quel point l’EMDR bouleverse notre compréhension de la pathologie et de son traitement et de ce fait, constitue un véritable changement de paradigme thérapeutique. Cette compréhension nouvelle des phénomènes neuropsychologiques sous-jacents, telle que soulevée par l’EMDR, permet de distinguer ce qui est utile de ce qui ne l’est pas dans la plupart des psychothérapies.

This opening workshop will focus on three axes : 1) The neurological basis of EMDR that focuses on the memory’s neural networks – which in turn allow a fresh understanding of dissociative phenomena and shows the potential of EMDR treatment. 2) The application of this theoretical understanding to the various expressions of psychopathology: simple versus complex PTSD – psychic poisoning – brief psychotic episodes- even certain cases of early schizophrenia. 3) As a conclusion, how EMDR shook up our understanding of pathology and its treatment, and how it provided the impetus toward a genuine paradigm shift. This new understanding of the underlying psychoneurologic phenomena brought on by EMDR helps us to determine what may be useful or not in the various psychotherapies.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

68. Shapiro, F. (2009, December). EMDR and adaptive information processing: Applications to individual and family therapy. Presentation at the 6th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR directly addresses the physiologically stored memory networks that underlie both psychological problems and mental health. This orientation to both case conceptualization and treatment will be explored to address diverse clinical applications, including attachment issues, body image, chronic pain, substance abuse, sexual dysfunction, personality disorders, and other presenting complaints. The Integration of EMDR with family therapy practices will also be discussed.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

69. Hurley, E. C., Zabukovec, J., Click, J., Francke, B., & Burd, J. (2009, August). EMDR and combat trauma. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This one-day workshop is designed to provide EMDR clinicians essential information for providing psychotherapy to veterans, active military personnel with combat trauma, and military families. The morning session provides essential information for psychotherapists working with military and veteran cultures, including how soldiers transition to combat and later transition from combat to home. Video interviews with key individuals within the military will address issues in working within the DOD/VA. The afternoon part of the session will include a panel of EMDR consultants, representing extensive experience working with combat trauma and military families. The panel will address treatment issues in working with combat trauma, as well as address questions generated by participants. Video presentations will highlight issues in the treatment of life adjustment issues, combat trauma and military families.

Keywords: Combat

Accuracy Verified: Yes

70. Richman, A. (2003, March). EMDR and cross-cultural issues. Presentation at the 1st annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As trauma therapists, we are increasingly encountering the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who are refugees from war torn countires and/or oppressive regimes. This presentation seeks to address some of the difficulties of working across cultures, often with the aid of interpreters.

Keywords: Cross-Cultural Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

71. Dodgson, P. (2009, March). EMDR and diversity. Keynote presented at the 7th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: In this keynote address, Philip Dodgson will outline some of the ways in which EMDR has been developed through the application of the Adaptive Information Processing model to new areas of clinical practice. Drawing on clinical material and published research, Philip will include case material from work in the National Health Service, private practice and the EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Program. Case material will include work with people in a setting of ongoing conflict, people involved in gender re-assignment, and people who experience hearing voices. EMDR and diversity will be explored not only in terms of current clinical work but also as a challenge for the future, both in clinical practice and in encouraging and training EMDR practitioners from a wide range of backgrounds.

Keywords: Diversity

Accuracy Verified: Yes

72. Eliscu, M.S., Fitzgerald, J., Gomez, A., Bergmann, U., Page, R., Cloud, L., Davis, K., & Janis, K. O. (2010, September/October). EMDR and diversity: A panel presentation discussion. Panel discussion at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop will consist of a panel of EMDR clinicians who work with a particular population of clients with whom the clinician shares a background or heritage or with whom he/she has a deep sense of empathy and understanding. Each presenter will explain how he/she came to work with this population. This will be followed by a response to three questions about using EMDR with a particular population. In addition, presenters will explain what special approaches and adaptations (if any) work to benefit the population they serve. They will also address what unspoken issues may be important in treating each population.

Keywords: Diversity Panel Discussion

Accuracy Verified: Yes

73. Spierings, J. (2013, June). EMDR and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with mourning clients can be difficult. To face the irrevocability of loss and to stand helpless and empty-handed as a therapist is a heavy burden. Sometimes it seems there is nothing we can do to help our clients. Yet there are many ways in which EMDR can contribute to help our clients to live a valuable life after a serious loss.
In this presentation the psychodynamics of complicated mourning are discussed. Treatment strategies and treatment techniques (both EMDR and combined techniques) are developed for specific patterns of complicated mourning (i.e. denied mourning, postponed mourning, chronic mourning, distorted mourning, traumatized mourning, somatized mourning).
Some non-EMDR techniques (rituals, Gestalt dialogue, writing assignments, imagination techniques) will be integrated into EMDR treatment. Also practical interventions to address resistance and affect regulation problems will be discussed.
Learning Objectives: What are the key aspects of using EMDR with issues of grief and mourning; Outline the core characteristics of stabilization and resourcing for this population; Review the range of cognitive interviews that have an application when evidence of blocked processing is apparent with this client group

Keywords: Grief Mourning Resourcing Stabilization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

74. Shapiro, F., & Laliotis, D. (2011, June). EMDR and the adaptive information processing model: Integrative treatment and case conceptualization. Clinical Social Work Journal, 39(2), 191-200. doi:10.1007/s10615-010-0300-7.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR is a comprehensive psychotherapy approach that is compatible with all contemporary theoretical orientations. Internationally recognized as a frontline trauma treatment, it is also applicable to a broad range of clinical issues. As a distinct form of psychotherapy, the treatment emphasis is placed on directly processing the neurophysiologically stored memories of events that set the foundation for pathology and health. The adaptive information processing model that governs EMDR practice invites the therapist to address the overall clinical picture that includes the past experiences that contribute to a client’s current difficulties, the present events that trigger maladaptive responses, and to develop more adaptive neural networks of memory in order to enhance positive responses in the future. The clinical application of EMDR is elaborated through a description of the eight phases of treatment with a case example that illustrates the convergences with psychodynamic, cognitive-behavioral, and systemic practice.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Integrative Treatment Memory Networks

Accuracy Verified: Yes

75. Korn, D. L. (2009). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD: A review. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 264-278. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.264.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) covers a wide range of conditions, ranging from patients suffering from a one-time traumatic accident to those who have been exposed to chronic traumatization and repeated assaults beginning at an early age. While EMDR and other trauma treatments have been proven efficacious in the treatment of simpler cases of PTSD, the effectiveness of treatments for more complex cases has been less widely studied. This article examines the body of literature on the treatment of complex PTSD and chronically traumatized populations, with a focus on EMDR treatment and research. Despite a still limited number of randomized controlled studies of any treatment for complex PTSD, trauma treatment experts have come to a general consensus that work with survivors of childhood abuse and other forms of chronic traumatization should be phase-oriented, multimodal, and titrated. A phaseoriented EMDR model for working with these patients is presented, highlighting the role of resource development and installation (RDI) and other strategies that address the needs of patients with compromised affect tolerance and self-regulation. EMDR treatment goals, procedures, and adaptations for each of the various treatment phases (stabilization, trauma processing, reconnection/development of self-identity) are reviewed. Finally, reflections on the strengths and unique advantages of EMDR in treating complex PTSD are offered along with suggestions for future investigations.

Keywords: Childhood Trauma Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD DESNOS Psychotherapy Research Review

Accuracy Verified: Yes

76. Eimer, B. N. (1995, June). EMDR applications for pain management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this 3-hour workshop will be on using EMDR to alleviate emotional distress attendant to coping with acute physical pain and living with chronic pain. Participants in this workshop will learn: (a) how to conduct a targeted assessment of the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain; (b) a guided pain healing meditation; (c) an EMDR protocol for installing pain relief imagery and self-care techniques; (d) an EMDR protocol for reprocessing covert pain talk, pain behaviors and pain-related memories; (e) how to apply A.J. Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing substance abuse (i.e., Overeating, drinking) and dependence on pain medication in this population. The presentation will first address how to conduct a structured assessment that identifies targets for EMDR treatment. The dysfunctional information package associated with chronic pain (termed the "biogram")and "seven keys" to understanding chronic pain will be discussed. Then, essential principles for designing an effective individual psychotherapy program for the pain sufferer will be presented. Next, use of the "seven keys for constructing a guided healing meditation (i.e., Self-care technique) for the pain patient that also incorporates Francine Shapiro's "light stream" and "spiral" guided meditations will be demonstrated. A script for this, termed the "C.O.M.P.I.S.S. Pain Healing Meditation," will be distributed. The workshop will then address how to introduce EMDR to the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain. What EMDR can do and probably cannot do for pain patients will then be discussed. Next, principles for choosing an initial tarqet for reprocessing will be discussed. The presentation will then cover (with clinical case examples): (1) Red flags and cautions to consider before proceeding with EMDR- (2) What to do and what not to do if the patient is dissociative; (3) How to "mirror" and install with EMDR empathic responses to underlying beliefs associated with "secondary gains" minus primary losses; (4) Teaching the distinction between pain sensations and suffering; (5) How to teach and install with EMDR self-care and pain coping techniques such as pain relief imagery, mental distraction techniques, safe place imagery, and positive motivation for healthy self-care behaviors; (6) How to directly address with the patient the application of "cognitive psychology" and imagery for pain reduction; (7) EMDR reprocessing of memories around the pain's origins; (8) EMDR reprocessing of pain-related conflicts, negative beliefs, negative past experiences, internalized self-identifications, self-punitive tendencies and self-defeating behaviors; (9) Eliciting core negative pain coping cognitions and suggesting preferable positive cognitions to the pain patient; (10) EMDR reprocessing of negative cognitions associated with depression and anxiety. (11) Use of EMDR to facilitate mental rehearsal of coping responses to pain triggers; (12) Material that often comes up in using EMDR with pain patients; (13) Strategically restructuring patient "resistance" with coanitive interweave; (14) Managing narcotic and pain medication seeking behavior and substance abuse; (15) Use of Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing medication dependence and substance abuse in this population; (16) Treating pain patients who also have PTSD. Videotaped case excerpts will be shown that illustrate important points covered. If time permits, participants may be able to briefly discuss EMDR applications to specific medical and pain patient populations.

Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management

Accuracy Verified: Yes

77. Parnell, L. A. (2007, September). EMDR as a transpersonal psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful and effective psychotherapeutic method for healing trauma-based problems. In addition to its therapeutic effectiveness, it also leads in many cases to clients opening to transpersonal experiences. In this presentation, information on EMDR’s Adaptive Information Processing model and EMDR procedure are reviewed. Description and discussion of the spiritual unfoldment in EMDR clients is given, along with new research highlighting the following areas: the development of wisdom, compassion, trust in life, forgiveness, insights, epiphanies, experiences of spiritual freedom, and openings into the psychic realm (Turpin, 1999). Also included will be discussion of how to use EMDR to access and strengthen spiritual experiences, using EMDR with clients who have experienced near death experiences, and EMDR and after death communication to heal grief, including research using a new protocol, (Botkin, 1995, 2005). Suggestions on ways to enhance client’s spiritual experiences will be provided, as well as meditation practices.

Keywords: Transpersonal Psychotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

78. Lendl, J. (2007, September). EMDR basics part II: The positive template. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Requisite for the workshop is Part I. Part II will include a historical review of the Positive Template in psychotherapy and sport. Preliminary research suggests that the Positive Template is useful before the installation phase to help maintain skills between sessions, encourage new skills, and practice ways to handle resistance between sessions. Shapiro’s latest trainings emphasize the Future Template to address avoidance, adaptation and actualization as the third prong and installation and reevaluation phases. Simulation videos will demonstrate the decision making process and the use of resources in the Future Template and the End Session Positive (ESP) Template. There will be supervised practica utilizing the Positive Template to complete processing of the Part I Touchstone Event.

Keywords: Positive Template

Accuracy Verified: Yes

79. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR behandeling bij volwassenen met een verleden van incest en verwaarlozing. Het herstellen van ontwikkelings tekorten en het beschadigde ‘zelf’ [EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze workshop zal er worden ingegaan op het integreren van EMDR in een algemeen behandelingsplan voor volwassenen die incest en verwaarlozing in hun jeugd hebben meegemaakt. De workshop is een verdieping van de keynote van het congres. De werkwijze zal gedetailleerd worden uitgelegd en zal worden geïllustreerd aan de hand van videopresentaties en bespreking van casuïstiek. In eerste instantie wordt uitgelegd hoe de ontwikkelings- en hechtingsbehoeften van de cliënt onderzocht kunnen worden en hoe een betekenisvolle beschrijvende diagnose kan worden ontwikkeld om tot een geïntegreerd, logisch opgebouwd behandelingsplan te komen. Bij deze groep cliënten, waarbij er sprake is van beperkte affect tolerantie, kwetsbaarheid voor hyper- en hypoarousal, en dissociatieve kenmerken, kan het standaard EMDR protocol worden aangepast met specifieke strategieën. Daar zal uitvoerig op worden ingegaan. Ook zal er veel aandacht besteed worden aan het integreren van specifieke EMDR technieken, zoals diverse ego-versterkende protocollen en hulpbron installatie (RDI), in alle fasen van de behandeling. Tevens zullen er technieken besproken worden die cliënten helpen om hun disfunctionele afweermechanismen los te laten, waardoor het veranderen van schema’s met hun kenmerkende kerngedachten en kernaffecten mogelijk wordt Deelnemers aan deze workshop zullen leren om pathogene gevoelstoestanden, (zoals schaamte, wanhoop, onverdraagelijke eenzaamheidsgevoelens), angsten en ‘blocking beliefs’, ego state conflicten te herkennen, zodat de meest effectieve interweaves en hulpbron opties kunnen worden toegepast. Verder zullen er strategieën voor herstel, zoals het verduidelijken van verantwoordelijkheid, het vaststellen van veiligheid en keuze, en het verwerken van rouw, verlangen en woede, worden besproken.

This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced. The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies. Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment. In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail. Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment. Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied. Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.

Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest

Accuracy Verified: Yes

80. ter Heide, J. J. (2011, August). EMDR bij getraumatiseerde vluchtelingen [EMDR with traumatized refugees]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 39(3), 180-185. doi:10.1007/s12483-011-0036-2.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
While EMDR is treatment of choice for traumatized adults with PTSS, its efficacy has not been validated with traumatized refugees. As long as no evidence is available for EMDR with this population, EMDR with refugees should be informed by theoretical approaches to treatment of PTSS in adults. Four approaches are discussed: the phased approach that advocates stabilization before EMDR; the multimodal approach that advocates combining EMDR with other interventions; the trauma-focused approach that advocates offering EMDR to all adults with PTSS, including refugees and, the transcultural approach that advocates a culturally sensitive administration of EMDR. Several pilot studies on EMDR with traumatized refugees, randomized controlled trials of EMDR with multiply traumatized populations, and a trial of EMDR in a non-western setting may further inform EMDR-therapists working with traumatized refugees. Suggestions are made for combining the four approaches and scientific evidence in treatment planning and execution of EMDR with this population. The EMDR protocol itself prescribes several interventions for treating multiply traumatized patients, such as resource development and installation, clustering of traumatic experiences, and cognitive interweaves. Additionally, culturally sensitive interventions may enable the refugee to actively partake in the treatment process by increasing motivation for trauma processing, by diminishing language barriers, and by facilitating the formulation of culturally congruent meanings to trauma. The question remains whether EMDR, which offers an individualistic approach to trauma, is sufficiently suited to address the collective traumatization of victims of war and organized violence.

Keywords: Refugees Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

81. de Groot, J. (2012, March). EMDR bij seksuologische behandeling. Seksueel misbruik, seksuele disfuncties en seksverslaving [EMDR in sexological treatment. Sexual abuse, sexual dysfunctions, and sex addiction]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze workshop wordt aan de hand van diagnostische criteria en theoretische richtlijnen geïllustreerd hoe EMDR toegepast kan worden bij seksuologische behandelingen. Met behulp van diverse casus en video fragmenten zullen praktijkvoorbeelden van de EMDR behandeling van seksuele disfuncties, zoals vaginisme en erectiele disfunctie, verduidelijkt worden. Naast de toepasbaarheid van EMDR bij seksueel misbruik en seksuele disfuncties, zal inzicht geboden worden in de geïntegreerde EMDR behandeling bij seksverslaving. Er zal expliciet worden ingegaan op de toepassing van EMDR op het negatieve zelfbeeld bij seksverslaafden en het daaruit voortvloeiende gedrag, waarbij de seksverslaafde voortdurend, maar tevergeefs, probeert zijn behoeften te bevredigen met seks.

This workshop is based on diagnostic criteria and theoretical guidelines illustrate how EMDR can be applied with sexological treatments. Using various case examples and video clips will of the EMDR treatment of sexual dysfunctions, such as vaginismus and erectile dysfunction, should be clarified. Besides the applicability of EMDR in sexual abuse and sexual dysfunctions, will provide insight into the integrated EMDR treatment for sex addiction. There will explicitly address the use of EMDR on the negative self-image sex addicts and the resulting behavior, in which the sex addict constantly, but vainly, trying to satisfy his needs with sex.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse Sexual Addiction Sexual Dysfunction

Accuracy Verified: Yes

82. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship, which this process provides. This procedure is particularly useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children, who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing. Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy, Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book. EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^ sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their skills in this useful resourcing approach. Learning objectives: Participants will be able to - Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders -List 15 possible sources of resource figures - List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. - Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves.

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Keynote

Accuracy Verified: Yes

83. Dworkin, M. (2006, September). The EMDR clinician and the challenging client: How to improve relational responsiveness. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with, both before and during an EMDR session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these mornents and learn strategies to overcome potentla1 moments of misattunements. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied R/D/I strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments in session; and using a variation of cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire" will be introduced as a method of enhancing these awarenesses. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on.

Keywords: Challenging Client

Accuracy Verified: Yes

84. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, M.A. (2006, September). EMDR consultation: How to be the best you can be. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The functions of EMDRIA Approved Consultants include the provision of consultation and supervision. However, consultation is not the same as supervision. One of the areas of consultation is to provide guidance and training to applicants for EMDRIA Certification. There is support in the literature that EMDR works best in a therapeutic relationship, when fidelity to the method is maintained. This workshop will address ways to examine and assess the expectations of the consultants-in-training, such as skills with case conceptualization, knowledge and ability to implement the EMDR treatment method, and ablllty to assert that knowledge with confidence. This workshop hopes to build upon the skills that consultants already possess, refining and upgrading their competencies. It is hoped that it will assist EMDRIA-Certification Applicants and Consultants-in-Training in determining their needs for consultaton.

Keywords: Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

85. Balbo, M. (2008, Novembre). EMDR e disturbi alimentari [EMDR and eating disorders]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I Disturbi del comportamento alimentare per la complessità che li caratterizza comportano spesso problematiche relative alla diagnosi, alla scelta del trattamento primario e al tipo di terapia. Il Workshop si propone di rispondere al quesito: “da dove cominciare”, come pianificare il trattamento con l’EMDR , qual è il problema centrale e quindi il primo e più importante da affrontare per aiutare il paziente a superare la preoccupazione estrema per il cibo e le forme corporee. Gli argomenti che verranno presentati si propongono di affrontare le seguenti aree.: • Diagnosi descrittiva. • DSM IV: chiarezza classificatoria. • Multifattorialità dei disturbi dell'alimentazione. • Integrazione dell’EMDR nel trattamento: quando e con quale paziente. • Ricerca dei target significativi nella storia di vita del paziente. • Preparazione del paziente per il trattamento EMDR, come affrontare il blocco emozionale del paziente DCA e la fuga dalla consapevolezza; installazione di risorse e immagini chiave • La motivazione al cambiamento nei pazienti difficili. • La relazione terapeutica. • Intervento psicoeducazionale. • Lavoro sui target del passato. • Aree di contenuto utilizzabili per l’intervento integrativo-cognitivo, analisi dei pensieri disfunzionali. • Lavoro sui target del presente (gestione delle “emergenze”) • Lavoro sul futuro:prevenzione delle ricadute e conclusione del trattamento. • Discussione di casi.

Disorders of eating behavior of the complexity that characterizes them often involve issues related to diagnosis, choice of primary treatment and type of therapy. The Workshop aims to answer the question: "where to start, how to plan treatment with EMDR, which is the central problem and then the first and most important deal to help the patient to overcome the extreme concern for food and body shapes. The topics to be presented are intended to address the following areas.: • descriptive diagnosis. • DSM IV classificatory clarity. • multifactorial nature of eating disorders. • Integrating EMDR treatment: when and how patient. • Research targets in the history of the patient's life. • Preparing the patient for treatment EMDR, how to address the emotional blocks of the patient and the flight from DCA awareness; installation of resources and key images • The motivation to change in patients difficult. • The therapeutic relationship. • psycho-educational intervention. • Work on target in the past. • Content areas used for Integrated intervention-cognitive analysis of dysfunctional thoughts. • Work on this target (management of "emergencies") • Work on the future: prevention of relapses and end of treatment. • Discussion of cases.

Keywords: Eating Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

86. Farrell, D. (2010, March). EMDR Europe accreditation session. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Over the last number of years EMDR Europe has developed a Competency Based Framework for EMDR clinicians seeking accreditation as either an EMDR Europe Practitioner or Consultant. The rationale behind this initiative is that EMDR Europe wanted to standardise the requirement for accreditation across all member nations as part of EMDR Europe. These new competency frameworks have made a significant contribution in achieving this. The need to enhance the importance of accreditation within EMDR is extremely important in terms of treatment fidelity, future research and development, and quality assurance. The purpose of this session is twofold; firstly to explore the key attributes of each of these EMDR Europe competencies based frameworks and explain how the accreditation process works within EMDR UK & Ireland. Secondly, a question and answer aspect focussing upon individual aspects to address people’s specific issues, concerns or queries EMDR clinicians may have in relation to EMDR Europe accreditation either as a practitioner or consultant.

Keywords: Accreditation Competency-Based Framwork

Accuracy Verified: Yes

87. Farrell, D. (2010, March). EMDR Europe accreditation session. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Accreditation Competency-Based Framwork

Accuracy Verified: Yes

88. Matthess, H., & Mehrotra, S. (2008, June). EMDR Europe Humanitarian Assistance Programme (HAP): The efficacy of using EMDR in the aftermath of an earthquake in India. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
India, the world’s second largest democracy, is known for its diversity in terrain, culture and ethnicity. Prone to both natural and man made calamities along with a high population density and not enough resources, mental health does not rank high on the list of people’s priorities. The earthquake of January 2001, was the second deadliest experienced by the country through its recorded history. Trauma therapy, specifically EMDR was still at its inception in the country with very few fully trained professionals. These professionals put together a response that reached out to more than 16000 affected individuals, mostly children and adolescents and a few parents, teachers and adults from the society. The keynote address discusses the approach that was adapted in working in Gujarat in the aftermath of the earth quake, the processes that were modified to make them relevant both to the culture and the trauma experienced by the people. The address also discusses the documented findings while work was underway, the experiences and observations of the therapists along with a few representative cases. The data for this keynote was generated through the drawings of children done as a part of the therapy itself. The impact on adolescents using the Impact of Event scale will also be presented.

Keywords: Earthquake India Keynote

Accuracy Verified: Yes

89. Waters, F. S., & Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, November). EMDR for children with trauma and dissociation: Case conceptualization from stabilization to integration. Presentation at the 26th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This workshop initially will review the 8 phase EMDR protocol for implementation with severely traumatized and dissociative children and provide advanced skills utilizing the EMDR protocol with this population. The 8 phase EMDR protocol will be described. Therapeutic challenges for therapists in implementing this protocol with young children with complex trauma will be explored with recommendations for clinicians on how to provide efficacious treatment to children. Each phase of the protocol will be discussed identifying specific goals and specialized interventions presented with linguistic sensitivity to maintain adherence to the EMDR protocol with young children. Client History and Treatment Planning Phase, and the Preparation Phase of the EMDR Protocol will be detailed. The assessment of dissociation in young children will include recommendations for specific assessment tools. Stabilization skills for helping children address the phobic response to reprocessing traumatic events with mastery and resourcing while learning self-soothing and calming techniques will be demonstrated. Innovative and creative interventions integrating play and art therapy will be presented with child friendly language using the protocol sequence for effective treatment with children. In addition, adjustments to the EMDR protocol through the trauma processing phases, including integration, will be described and demonstrated with case presentations and videos. Creatively maneuvering these phases with children who display dissociative symptoms will be explored with recommendations for the successful implementation of the protocol throughout the healing process

Keywords: Case Conceptualization Children Dissociation Stabilization Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

90. Feingold, A. (2001, February 14). EMDR for PDA?. HelpHorizons.com.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Over the years, a number of studies have demonstrated that the treatment known as eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) offers some benefit when used to address some forms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).

Keywords: General Overview PDA

Accuracy Verified: Yes

91. Kiessling, R. (2013, May). EMDR from a belief focused perspective. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Beliefs are the meta-perception of life’s experiences (Shapiro 2001). Target Sequence Plans bundled around core belief schema provide an effective, efficient and safe approach to case conceptualization and EMDR treatment. This workshop will clarify questions asked by EMDR Clinicians such as: • Are all NC/PCs Core Belief Schemas? • Are your Targeting Sequence Plans Core Belief Schema Bundled or just a shotgun of targets based upon “What do you want to work on today?” • Does “What does it say about you” really address ‘what it means about you!? • Are you’ staying out of the way’ when you should be ‘leading the way’! These and others questions will be clarified through lecture, case examples and video demonstrations. Through lecture, video demonstration, and practice, participants will: • Name 3 major differences between the Standard EMDR Protocols and Procedures and EMDR from a ‘Belief Schema Perspective.’ • Describe the 4 primary Belief Schemas used in the ‘Belief Schema Perspective’ to EMDR, and how they assist the case conceptualization and processing. • Demonstrate the ability to develop a Belief Focused Targeting Sequence Plan and appropriately process the targets identified within the Standard Three Pronged Protocol.

Keywords: Core Beliefs

Accuracy Verified: Yes

92. Eliscu, D., & deGraffenried, D. (2009, August). EMDR group work in community mental health: engagement, stabilization, and preparation for treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address innovative EMDR group practice within an outpatient community mental health setting. As the poor, people of color, the disenfranchised, and multiply traumatized become our agency clients, clinicians are developing innovative, recovery oriented and solution based treatment models. Specific content to be reviewed will include a revolving five-session, time limited group model, teaching the theory of EMDR in a group setting, helping clients to recognize affect, use of limited BLS in group sessions, evaluative client solution based satisfaction scaling questions, and flexible group composition. Client videos will be shown to explore client feedback, satisfaction, and how the group process has supported and enhanced their recovery.

Keywords: Community Mental Health Group Work

Accuracy Verified: Yes

93. Gambuzza, C. A. (2010, June). EMDR in complex trauma of perinatal disorder and abuse. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper reports a case of PN-PTSD (Perinatal Disorder), this being a disorder that is not frequently diagnoses and not classified in DSM-IV, where a technical variation of floatback, i. e., floatback-floatforward on timeline successfully overcame the posttraumatic amnesia, optimized access to the dissociated parts of the Self, and integrated the Internal Family System with EMDR and Ego State Therapy. The sixteen year old patient, S, sniffed heron and practised self mutilation. After two years' therapy the family secret was revealed in a dream and led us towards the abuse. I adopted the theoretical reference models on dissociation reported by M. Steinberg, B. A. van der Kolk, 0. van der Hart, and C. McFarlane's operative EMDR model and Ego State Therapy. The aim of the therapy was to rebuild integrity of the Self and to foster individualization- separation processes. The main goal was create a sense of loyalty during therapy that would allow S to be able to control in transitions in her dissociated mental states. Negotiation between the ego states were created so that S could face the states of terror and anxiety and gradually become integrated. Alter had different names and distinctively different preferences and personality traits, at times those alter took complete executive control of the body and of the self. Initially the alter has names outside the Self, then during the course of therapy their names began with '5'. The dissociated alters have become targets far EMDR. The story of S, revolves round two traumas: PN-PTSD and abuse. Perinatal trauma and uterine perception of her mother's depressive emotional states triggered difficulties in the child latching on to the mother's breast, and the lack of mirroring and affective syntonization caused the failure of internalization processes that lead to identity. 5 was aware of the trauma of abandonment, but not of the trauma of abuse that she defined as 'a deep impenetrable hole'. In order to address the life-threatening trauma. S used an invasive ego-dystonic coping mechanism: dissociation of the object and the Self. By placing the abuse in an alter, S could still feel attached to her family members that abused her, actively or passively using silence. While the DES scale did not provide significant dissociation results, the SCID-LIST furnished high values. The self-mutilation practised by S may represent her hate of her body that did not rebel to the abuse it was subjected to, or, as she said it may represent "a way to punish herself for the guilt of existing or to inflict upon herself physical pain to conceal the anxiety of death". EMDR was a challenge; it reached the preverbal states of the arena of the primary process, it bound with emotions and led her to symbolization, t resolved the traumatic matter that was frozen In the neural networks and determined Self- integration. The Ego States Therapy was a useful tool.

Keywords: Perinatal Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

94. Richman, S. (2009, March). EMDR in the treatment of survivors of torture. Symposium conducted at the 7th annual EMDR Association UK & Ireland Conference, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation seeks to address some of the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who have been the victims of physical and/or psychological torture. The presentation will review characteristics of torture and how the helplessness experienced by victims physically and psychologically can help the therapist to case conceptualization and encourage adaptive learning with interweaves to assist the processing allowing adaptive linkage being made with dysfunctional memory storage. EMDR is very effective where trauma survivors present with somatisation, dissociation and frozen states but desensitization and reprocessing can only be embarked upon after adequate stabilization in the Preparation Phase. Methods of stabilization (including somatic stabilization) will be covered and thereafter the basic EMDR protocol implemented with the client focusing on damage to the self and the spirit.

Keywords: Symposium Torture

Accuracy Verified: Yes

95. Richman, A. (2006, March). EMDR in the treatment of victims of torture. Presentation at the 4th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As trauma therapists we are increasingly encountering the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who are refugees from wartorn countries and/or oppressive regimes. This presentation seeks to address some of the issues to be taken into consideration and the difficulties in working with the victims of systematic infliction of physical and/or psychological torture. Use of EMDR with these highly traumatised individuals will be examined and ways in which the basic EMDR protocol may need to be adapted to treat these highly traumatised individuals will be examined.

Keywords: Victims of Torture

Accuracy Verified: Yes

96. Korn, D. (2008, September). EMDR Master Series - I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address the challenges of working with clients raised in invalidating environments marked by deprivation and neglect. With significant disruptions in attachment (caregivers who were unpredictable, rejecting, frightening or frightened) and without the experience of a secure base from which to explore the world, such individuals often fail to develop a sense of object constancy and permanence and the capacity for reflection and metacognition. They lack self-compassion, self-confidence, and the capacity to self-regulate. They are often plagued by a profound sense of aloneness, shame, and self-hatred, denying their needs or convinced that their needs can never be met. Together, we will examine the ways in which EMDR can be utilized to promote the development of a secure, coherent sense of self. Protocol adaptations and cognitive interweaves to address feelings and beliefs associated with invisibility, unworthiness, and core badness will be highlighted. Cases will be presented with accompanying videotape segments, highlighting EMDR developmental repair strategies.

Keywords: Masters Series

Accuracy Verified: Yes

97. Laliotis, D. (2007, September). EMDR master series – I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach that is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected to major trauma, but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are not so obvious, but nonetheless, a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and how to adequately address the insidious nature of these childhood experiences. Participants will learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and lasting change.

Keywords: Masters Series

Accuracy Verified: Yes

98. Spector, J. (2001, May). EMDR research update and research questions answered. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is vital that EMDR has a strong research base. The ultimate credibility of EMDR will depend on Randomised Controlled Studies demonstrating the effectiveness of EMDR as a psychotherapy especially for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Also of importance will be Component Analysis Studies teasing apart the therapeutically active elements of EMDR. Research internationally on EMDR has been in two phases. Prior to 1999 the main questions were whether EMDR was an effective psychotherapy, and what was the value of these eye movements. From 1999 it is accepted that EMDR is an effective psychotherapy and the questions now are whether EMDR is more effective than CBT and is its effectiveness because it is CBT. This paper will trace the history of research into EMDR and address some of the most commonly asked questions about the validity of EMDR as manifested in the research literature. Particular attention will be drawn to some new papers about to be published very significant for EMDR. Finally some of the papers critical of EMDR will be reviewed also and examined as to their credibility. There will be opportunities for questions and discussion.

Keywords: Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

99. EMDR Europe Association. (2009, October 23). The EMDR song. Song sung at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assoication, Amsterdam. Retrieved from http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQgNt7rXNws on May 16, 2011.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
The EMDR Europe board singing "The EMDR Song" during the opening of the 10th EMDR Europe conference in Amsterdam (June 2009). The song was written by Barbara Wizansky and Udi Oren in order to celebrate Francine Shapiro's accomplishments.
Filmed and edited by Dr. Michel Meignant

Keywords: Song 20 Year Anniversary

Accuracy Verified: Yes

100. Blore, D. (2008, October). EMDR supervision: What the supervisee wants from EMDR supervision versus what EMDR accreditation requires for competency. Presentation at the 1st annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, York, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is aimed at EMDR supervisors and supervisees alike, particularly those supervisees considering or already involved in working towards accreditation. Starting with the findings of the audit of supervision conducted earlier in 2008 immediately prior to the changing of the accreditation criteria, discussion will be focused on how to address supervisees needs and match those needs with the accreditation paperwork.

Keywords: Supervision

Accuracy Verified: Yes

101. Korn, D. (2013, May). EMDR the next generation: Finding your way in the dark [L’EMDR et la nouvelle génération: Trouvez votre chemin dans l’obscurité]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop, participants will be taught to use their “true” authentic selves as a resource during EMDR processing, and to work to create a secure, responsive, and positive relational environment that supports change and integration. A number of conceptual “maps” that incorporate and build on various ideas and strategies from other trauma-focused models (e.g., AEDP, IFS, Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, Structural Model of Dissociation) will be introduced. These “maps” are provided to guide case conceptualization and moment-to-moment decision-making within a given EMDR session. Video clips will be used to demonstrate how to track a client’s progress with greater precision, using both verbal and non-verbal markers to determine where the client is on a given conceptual map and what type of interweave is needed to facilitate or deepen the client’s processing. Different types of interweaves will be delineated with a clear description of the purpose or function associated with each. Throughout this workshop, Dr. Korn will engage in spirited dialogue with participants as she presents both didactic and video material. Learning Objectives: • Develop a comprehensive AIP-based case conceptualization treatment plan that will guide their moment-to-moment decision-making during an EMDR session. • Effectively identify the informational plateaus or schema categories (responsibility, safety, control/choice) reflected in a client’s presenting issues, choice of targets, and stuck points. • Utilize dyadic regulation in working with clients with limited affect tolerance and self-capacities, with the goal of maintaining and even accelerating processing within a window of tolerance. • Apply advanced interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs, rigid defenses, and fears about internal experiences (i.e. affect, sensation, urges, fantasies). • Utilize various clinical strategies/interweaves for facilitating the expression of adaptive action tendencies, completing incomplete or truncated actions, and addressing various domains of developmental repair.

Dans son atelier, les participants apprendront à utiliser leur ‘vrai’’ et authentique soi comme une ressource durant le traitement en EMDR et à créer un environnement où la relation soit sécurisante, sensible et positive favorisant ainsi le changement et l’intégration. Dr Korn nous parlera de ce modèle conceptuel des ‘cartes’ qui incorporent des idées et des stratégies qui proviennent de d’autres modèles axés sur les traumas (‘AEDP’, ‘IFS’, Psychothérapie Sensorimotrice, Modèle de la Dissociation Structurelle). Ces ‘’cartes’’ sont un guide dans la conceptualisation de cas et la prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. Des vidéo clips seront présentés afin de démontrer comment suivre le progrès d’un client avec une grande précision, utilisant des repères verbaux et non verbaux pour déterminer où se trouve le client sur une ‘’carte’’ donnée et quel type de tissage est nécessaire pour faciliter ou approfondir le traitement du client. Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Développer un plan de traitement compréhensif basé sur le modèle TAI –et la conceptualisation de cas comme un guide de prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. • Identifier de manière efficace les plateaux informatifs ou les catégories de schémas (responsabilité, sécurité, contrôle/choix) qui se révèlent dans ce que le client présente comme difficultés, dans le choix des cibles et les blocages. • Utilisation de la dyade pour aider à moduler l’affect chez les clients qui ont une très faible tolérance émotionnelle avec comme but de maintenir et même d’accélérer le traitement à l’intérieur de la fenêtre de tolérance. • Avoir recours aux stratégies avancées du tissage pour traiter les croyances bloquantes, les défenses rigides et les peurs venant de la ‘’vie intérieure’’ (c’est à dire l’affect, les sensations, les pulsions, les fantasmes). • Utilisation de diverses stratégies cliniques et du tissage afin de favoriser l’expression d’action adaptative, de compléter les actions inachevées ou tronquées et d’aborder différents domaines permettant de ‘’réparer’’ les dommages survenus au cours du développement.

Keywords: AEDP Dyadic Regulation Informatiional Plateaus IFS, Interweaves Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Structural Model of Dissociation Trauma-Focused Models "True" Authentic Self

Accuracy Verified: Yes

102. Dunne, T. (2011, March). EMDR therapists integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. Presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This research project investigated how EMDR Therapists integrated EMDR into their clinical practice post-training and what, if any, difficulties they experienced. A total of 74 respondents completed a questionnaire and 9 respondents were interviewed using a semi-structured interview, giving a total of 83 respondents. 40% of both samples (which came from around the world) reported experiencing difficulties with integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. The types of difficulties which they reported included differences between EMDR protocol and the therapists’ original training and orientation, patient characteristics, therapists’ own anxieties and confidence as well as organizational and management hostility to EMDR up to and including bullying of the therapist in different ways including “being sent to Coventry”. These organization & management issues are not covered in the current training model for EMDR and whilst supervision is necessary post training, it is not be sufficient to address the organizational issues relating to integration of EMDR into clinical practice. This will be highlighted in the presentation.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

103. Shapiro, F. (2012). EMDR therapy: An overview of current and future research. Revue Européenne De Psychologie Appliquée/European Review of Applied Psychology, 62(4), 193-195. doi:10.1016/j.erap.2012.09.005.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Introduction: EMDR therapy is an eight-phase treatment approach widely recognized as a frontline treatment for trauma. Research over the past decade has addressed the utility of the eye movements, mechanism of action and comparisons with other forms of therapy. Literature and clinical findings: More than two-dozen randomized controlled trials (RCT) demonstrate the positive effects of EMDR therapy with trauma victims. Comparisons with trauma-focused cognitive behavioral therapy (TF-CBT) indicate comparable effects sizes. Approximately 20 additional RCT evaluated the eye movement component of EMDR in isolation, without the rest of the therapy procedures. These studies document a variety of positive effects, including a rapid decrease in distress and reduced clarity of the targeted disturbing image when compared to exposure-only conditions. Discussion: Research findings indicate that EMDR therapy and TF-CBT are based on different mechanisms of action in that EMDR therapy does not necessitate daily homework, sustained arousal or detailed descriptions of the event, and appears to take fewer sessions. EMDR is guided by the adaptive information processing model, which posits a wide range of adverse life experiences as the basis of pathology. Conclusions: Research is suggested to further explore mechanisms of action and address issues of efficiency and treatment differences. Rigorous research is also needed to investigate additional clinical applications.

Keywords: Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

104. Oren, U., & Solomon, R. (2012). EMDR therapy: An overview of its development and mechanisms of action. Revue Européenne De Psychologie Appliquée/European Review of Applied Psychology, 62(4), 197-203. doi:10.1016/j.erap.2012.08.005.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Introduction: This article examines the history and development of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), from Dr. Francine Shapiro's original discovery in 1987, to current findings and future directions for research and clinical practice. Elements of the literature: An overview is provided of significant milestones in the evolution of EMDR over the first 20 years, including key events, research and scientific publications, and humanitarian efforts. The authors also describe the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model, which is the theoretical basis of the therapy; they address the question of mechanisms of action, and EMDR's specific contribution to the field of psychotherapy. Discussion: EMDR is an integrative psychotherapy, which sees dysfunctionally stored memories as the core element of the development of psychopathology. In its view of memory, it integrates information that is sensory, cognitive, emotional and somatic in nature. The EMDR protocol looks at past events that formed the presented problem, at the present situations where the problem is experienced, and at the way, the client would like to deal with future challenges. Conclusion: EMDR is a 25-year-old therapy that has accumulated a substantial body of research proving its efficiency, and is now part of many professional treatment guidelines. The research is pointing to its potentially large positive impact in the fields of mental and physical health.

Keywords: Development Mechanisms of Action

Accuracy Verified: Yes

105. Murray, K. (2010, September/October). EMDR to reduce fears of recurrence of breast cancer. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
How can we support women with breast cancer (BC) in their bio-psycho-social healing? Are fearsof recurrence inevitable or a re-experiencing of unresolved BC diagnosis and treatment experiences? Participants will identify traumatic stress symptoms in women with BC, and the impacton treatment, quality of life, and fears of recurrence; review the seven cancer treatment stages, and potential traumas, triggers, and EMDR interventions of each; describe phase two interventions to manage worry, develop healing imagery and promote coping and positive health behaviors; and explain how past-present-future targeting can address fears of recurrence. Expanded from 2008, this workshop draws on psycho-oncology literature, clinical observations, and one client’s EMDR journey from “coping” to “living”.

Keywords: Breast Cancer

Accuracy Verified: Yes

106. Hase, M. (2010, June). EMDR to treat substance abuse and addiction. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The comorbidity of PTSD and substance abuse provides sufficient reason for treating patients, who are addicted, with EMDR while focusing on the PTSD diagnosis. However, there are several pathways leading to addiction, and PTSD is only one of them. Thirty years of addiction research have provided sufficient evidence for the crucial role of memory in drug dependency. The Addiction Memory (AM) serves as a useful concept for "obsessive-compulsive craving" to be seen in drug addicted patients. The concept of an AM, and its importance in relapse occurrence and maintenance of learned addictive behaviour, has gained growing acceptance in the field of addiction research and treatment. The AM is interpreted as an individual-acquired memory following drug consumption in some individuals. The addiction memory is based on normal memory systems and systems of central nervous information processing. This neurobiological-based, imprinted, addictive behaviour seems to resist change under normal circumstances. The implicit nature of the addiction memory seems to qualify it as a target for EMDR treatment.
In a pilot-study group, 34 patients with chronic alcohol dependency in in-patient treatment for detoxification were randomly assigned to one of two treatment conditions: treatment as usual (TAU) or TAU+EMDR. In the TAU+EMDR group, patients received two sessions of EMDR focussing on memories of intense craving or relapse in order to activate and reprocess the addiction memory. The craving for alcohol was measured by the Obsessive-Compulsive-Drinking-Scale (OCDS) pre, post, and 1 month after treatment. The TAU+EMDR group showed a significant reduction in craving post-treatment and 1 month after treatment whereas TAU did not. The TAU+EMDR group showed lower relapse rates at the six-month follow-up. The results indicate that EMDR might be a useful approach for the treatment of addiction memory and associated symptoms of craving (Hase et al. 2008). Anecdotal reports show results with opiate and stimulant addicted patients.
This Workshop will address the EMDR treatment of comorbid PTSD and focuses on the application of EMDR as an adjunct in addiction treatment. Targets for a comprehensive EMDR treatment plan will be explained. A video demonstration, self-experience and discussion of cases shall contribute to learning.
REFERENCES Boening, J. A. (2001). Neurobiology of an addiction memory. J Neural Transm 108(6): 755-65.
Hase, M., Schallmayer, S. and Sack, M (2008). "EMDR reprocessing of the addiction memory: Pre-treatment, post-treatment, and 1-month follow-up" J EMDR 2 (3), 170-179.

Keywords: Addiction Memory Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Substance Abuse TAU Treatment As Usual

Accuracy Verified: Yes

107. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self. Presentation at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced. The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies. Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment. In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail. Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment. Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied. Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.

Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest

Accuracy Verified: Yes

108. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.

Keywords: Energy Psychology Treatment Tactics

Accuracy Verified: Yes

109. Kennert, G. (2008). EMDR und biofeedback in der behandlung von posttraumatischen belastungsstörungen [EMDR and biofeedback in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder]. Forum Psychotherapeutische Praxis, 8(1), 45-46. doi:10.1026/1860-7357.8.1.45b.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract: rezensiert von Gabriele Kennert, In dem von Stefan Jacobs und Anna de Jong vorgestellten Behandlungskonzept werden die kognitive Verhaltenstherapie, das EMDR-Verfahren sowie Biofeedback miteinander kombiniert, um die Angstreaktion im Rahmen traumatisierender Erinnerungen zu verringern bzw. zu hemmen und somit auch die Symptomatik der posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung abzubauen. Im ersten Teil des Buches gehen die Autoren eingehend auf den theoretischen Hintergrund (Neurophysiologie, Hirnfunktionen) ein, die mit der neuronalen Bahnung von traumatisierenden Erinnerungen einhergehen. Hierbei vertreten sie die These, dass sich die neuronalen Bahnungen der Traumata nicht löschen lassen, dass sozusagen die Angstreaktion in der Amygdalaregion im Gehirn löschungsresistent ist und es somit in der Konsequenz im Therapieziel nur um die Verringerung der Angstreaktion, bzw. Hemmung der Angstreaktion gehen könne. Konkret modifizieren die Autoren innerhalb des kognitiv, verhaltenstherapeutischen Vorgehens das Modell von Ehlers und Clark, ebenso das EMDR-Verfahren von Shapiro. Das Biofeedbackverfahren nutzen die Autoren als diagnostisches Instrument, um die subjektiven Bewertungen seitens der Patienten und Patientinnen auch objektiv überprüfbar zu machen mit Hilfe der Messung der elektrodermalen Aktivität (EDA). Im zweiten Teil des Buches beschreiben sie detailliert eine wissenschaftliche Studie an 16 Patienten und Patientinnen, die an dem Behandlungsprogramm an der Universität Göttingen teilgenommen haben. Hierbei sei bei allen Patienten und Patientinnen eine signifikante positive Symptomveränderung der PTB nachzuweisen gewesen. Im weiteren Teil des Buches stellen sie ihr ausführliches Therapiekonzept und Behandlungsprotokoll vor. Es wird eingehend auf die Diagnostik (psychologische Testverfahren sowie Biofeedback eingegangen, ein wichtiger Teil ist die Informationsvermittlung sowie Stabilisierung für die Patienten und Patientinnen. Danach erfolgt die Traumabehandlung mit Konfrontation und Integration. Wert wird hierbei in Abgrenzung zu Shapiro auf die frühzeitige Verbindung zur positiven Kognition gelegt in Verbindung mit Hausaufgaben, die die Patienten zwischen den Sitzungen bekommen mit eingehenden Verhaltensübungen. Die Autoren grenzen ein, dass ihre Methode nicht für alle Patienten und Patie tinnen geeignet ist, sondern dissoziative Störungen und Persönlichkeitsstörungen sowie Suchtproblematik explizit ausgeschlossen seien. Die Stabilisierungsübungen werden praktisch beschrieben (Sicherer Ort, Tresor), ebenso die praktische Anwendung des Biofeedbackverfahrens sowie das Behandlungsprotokoll für EMDR. Gegen Ende des Bandes schließen sich Fallstudien aus der Arbeit der Autoren an, um die Praxis zu verdeutlichen. Im Anhang gibt es Adressenverzeichnisse über den Bezug von Tests, Biofeedbackgeräten oder Lehrfilmen. Zusammenfassend kann man sagen, dass der Band kurzgefasst, sehr übersichtlich und konkret sowie praxisnah das neuropsychotherapeutische Behandlungsprogramm darstellt, so dass dies hilfreich für die psychotherapeutische Praxis in Bezug auf Traumabehandlungen erscheint. Das Buch richtet sich an Fachleute und ist für Laien eher weniger geeignet.

In the presented text by Stefan Jacobs and Anna de Jong, the treatments approached are the cognitive-behavioral therapy, the EMDR method and biofeedback combined to the fear reaction Framework to reduce traumatic memories or to inhibit and thus the symptoms of reduce post-traumatic stress disorder. In the first part of the book, the authors detail to the theoretical background (neurophysiology, Brain functions, a), the facilitation of the neuronal accompanied by traumatic memories. Here, they argued that the neuronal Facilitations of trauma can not be cleared, so to speak, that the fear response in the Amygdalaregion Brain is resistant to extinction and thus in consequence the goal of therapy just to reduce the fear response, and inhibiting the fear response could. Specifically, the authors modify within the cognitive, behavioral approach, the model by Ehlers and Clark, as well as the method of EMDR Shapiro. The biofeedback method, the authors use as a diagnostic tool for the subjective evaluation on the part of the patients also making objectively verifiable by measuring electrodermal activity (EDA). In the second part of the book they describe in detail a scientific study of 16 male and female patients, where the treatment program at the University Göttingen participated. Here is at all patients, and patients had a significant positive Detect symptom change the PTB have been. In another part of the book they put their detailed Therapeutic approach and treatment protocol first. It will detail the psychological diagnosis ( Test procedures and biofeedback received an important Part is to communicate information and stabilization for male and female patients. Thereafter the confrontation with trauma treatment and integration. Value in this case in contrast to Shapiro on down early connection to the positive cognition in conjunction with homework, the patients who get between meetings with incoming Behavioral exercises. The authors of a frontier that their method is not for All male and female patients is appropriate, but dissociative And personality disorders and addiction are explicitly excluded. The stabilization exercises are described practically (Safe Place, Safe), as well as the practical Application of biofeedback procedure and the treatment protocol for EMDR. Towards the end of the tape to close case studies from the work of the authors in order to clarify the practice. In the appendix, there are records of the address Terms of testing, biofeedback devices or educational films. In summary, one can say that the band concise, very clear and concrete and practical the neuro-psychological treatment program represents, so this is helpful for the psychotherapeutic Practice in relation to trauma treatment appears. The book is aimed at professionals and is for Lay less suitable.

Keywords: Biofeedback Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

110. Shapiro, F. (2007, September). EMDR update: Theory, research, and practice. Keynote presented at the EMDR International Association annual conference, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
New research continues to shed light on EMDR as a distinct psychotherapy approach. Dr. Shapiro will review several new studies and their implications for both theory and future clinical development. The Adaptive Information Processing model and research on underlying mechanisms will be used as a springboard to explore potential applications and ways to overcome a variety of clinical difficulties. Specific clinical cases will be used to illustrate the integration of EMDR with other orientations. Questions from conference participants will be taken in advance to address aspects of the model and methodology.

Keywords: Adaptive Processing Model AIP Keynote Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

111. Shapiro, F. (2006, September). EMDR update: Theory, research, and practice. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As an integrative psychotherapy approach, EMDR brings together aspects of major psychotherapy orientations. Dr. Shapiro will review several cases with special attention to synthesiszing recommendations from these various models along with the latest EMDR research and clinical developments. The Adaptive Information Processing Model and research on underlying mechanisms will be used as a springboard to explore clinical applications, procedural modifications, and clinical limitations. Questions from conference participants will be taken in advance to address aspects of the model and methodology.

Keywords: Update

Accuracy Verified: Yes

112. Case, C. (2013, May). EMDR with children ages 3-12, a developmental and attachment perspective. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Regional Network 9th Annual Spring Conference, Amherst MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address EMDR preparation phase work for children ages three to twelve. A developmental lens will be applied to helping children develop an Observing Self and internalized positive cognitions for successful processing. Enlisting parents as allies, and choosing the best method of processing will also be addressed.

Keywords: Children Observing Self

Accuracy Verified: Yes

113. Manfield, P. (2010, September/October). EMDR with difficult clients: Dyadic resourcing. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces "dyadic resourcing," a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration.

Keywords: Difficult Clients Dyadic Resourcing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

114. Garcia, F. (2010, Abril). EMDR y el procesamiento adaptativo de la información [EMRD and adaptive processing of the information]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El EMDR se ha desarrollado como una psicoterapia integrada que se ha utilizado a nivel mundial en la última década como tratamiento empíricamente validado para el trauma. A lo largo de este tiempo, se ha hecho evidente que es posible aliviar el sufrimiento, ayudar a parar el ciclo de la violencia y abordar los devastadores efectos de la transmisión generacional. Este acercamiento psicoterapéutico utiliza un protocolo de tratamiento para acceder a los sucesos vitales perturbadores, los disparadores actuales y las experiencias futuras proyectadas, y procesarlas con una resolución adaptativa (Shapiro, 2002). Se accede a todos los aspectos de la experiencia (imaginación, creencias, afecto y sensaciones corporales), mientras de forma simultánea se da estimulación dual de la atención, por movimientos oculares bilaterales, tonos o estimulación táctil. El procesamiento de las memorias perturbadoras indica un cambio simultáneo en la cognición, el afecto y las sensaciones físicas, dando como resultado una integración adaptativa de la experiencia. Este acercamiento integra elementos de distintas escuelas de psicoterapia, haciendo del EMDR aplicable a una enorme variedad de patologías y accesible a terapeutas de distintas orientaciones dentro de una serie de protocolos estandarizados (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). En esta presentación exponemos las líneas generales de este modelo psicoterapéutico a partir de la descripción del protocolo básico en EMDR que se estructura en ocho fases: 1) Recopilación sobre la historia del cliente; 2) preparación del cliente para el trabajo a realizar; 3) valorar todos los componentes de la diana de tratamiento 4) desensibilizar el material traumático objeto de la diana mediante la estimulación bilateral; 5) instalar la cognición positiva identificada; 6)revisar el cuerpo para localizar cualquier material residual sin resolver; 7) cierre de la sesión y 8) reevaluación del impacto del evento reprocesado.

EMDR has been developed as an integrated psychotherapy has used worldwide in the last decade as a treatment empirically validated for trauma. Throughout this time, it has become evident it is possible to alleviate suffering, help stop the cycle of violence and address the devastating effects of the generational transmission. This approach uses a psychotherapeutic treatment protocol accessing disruptive life events, current triggers and projected future experiences, and process them with a resolution Adaptive (Shapiro, 2002). Access to all aspects of the experience (Imagination, beliefs, affection and bodily sensations), while in simultaneously gives dual attention stimulation for movement bilateral eye tones or tactile stimulation. The processing of memories disturbing indicates a simultaneous change in cognition, affection and physical sensations, resulting adaptive integration experience. This approach integrates elements from different schools of psychotherapy, doing the EMDR applicable to a wide variety of pathologies therapists and accessible to different orientations within a range of standardized protocols (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). In this paper we present the outlines of this model psychotherapeutic from the description of the basic EMDR protocol which is divided into eight phases: 1) collection on the history of the client; 2) preparing the client for the work to be performed, 3) evaluate all components treatment of the target 4) desensitize traumatic material object of the target by bilateral stimulation; 5) install cognition positively identified; 6) reviewing the body to locate any residual material unresolved; 7) logoff and 8) reassessment of the impact of reprocessed event.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP

Accuracy Verified: Yes

115. Moura, J. G. D. (2012, Novembro). EMDR – Construção de diagnóstico comum ou acertando o alvo [EMDR - Construction of common diagnosis or hitting the target]. In temas diversos. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A estabilização é o momento do processo onde recebemos o paciente construímos rapport, entendimento comum do que esta se passando, damos informações psicopedagógicas sobre o trauma e o que é EMDR e o preparamos para as próximas fases. Esta apresentação pretende focar esta primeira etapa, que seria a construção do que convencionamos chamar de setting terapêutico dentro da perspectiva do EMDR. Este é um momento fundamental para o sucesso do tratamento. Quando nos posicionamos de forma correta frente a ele construindo um entendimento comum, que também podemos chamar de diagnostico comum, emparelhamos, damos sentido e fluidez ao processo. Reproduzimos e ativamos dentro do jogo psicoterapêutico capacidade inata de nós seres humanos de mimetização e sincronização com o outro na intenção de realizar algo, aprender e melhorar nossas chances de sobreviver. Lançamos mão constantemente como terapeutas desta aptidão para resolução das equações trazidas por nossos pacientes e não raramente nos beneficiamos aprendendo mais sobre nós e o mundo. Este processo pressupõe um exercício de entrar na plástica do outro, estranhá-la e refletir para e com ele sobre o que o aflige e suas potencialidades. Como se dá este processo? Como podemos transformar impressões em narrativa? Como construímos um diagnostico comum?

The stabilization process is the time where we get the patient build rapport, common understanding of what is going on, we psychopedagogical information about trauma and what is EMDR and prepare for the next phases. This presentation aims to address this first phase, the construction of what would conventionally call the therapeutic setting within the perspective of EMDR. This is a critical time for successful treatment. When positioned correctly in front of him building a common understanding, which we can also call common diagnosis, emparelhamos, give direction and fluidity to the process. Reproduced within the game and activate innate ability psychotherapeutic us humans to mimic and synchronize with each other in an attempt to accomplish something, learn and improve our chances of survival. We used this constantly as therapists ability to solve the equations brought by our patients and not infrequently we benefit by learning more about ourselves and the world. This process involves an exercise of plastic entering the other, her strange and reflect and to him about what ails you and your capabilities. How is this process? How can we turn impressions into narrative? How to build a common diagnosis?

Keywords: Body Language Building Common Diagnosis Phases 1 Phase 2 Stabilization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

116. Wesselmann, D., Schweitzer, C., Bruckner, D., & Armstrong, S. (2012, October). EMDR-family therapy integrative team approach for healing attachment trauma in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Children who have experienced early maltreatment and who have been relinquished or removed from birth families frequently exhibit severe and challenging behaviors. Therapists are caught in a Catch-22, as children require an emotionally supportive environment from caregivers to open up emotionally and address the traumas underlying their behaviors, and yet the child behaviors create feelings in the the parents that prevent them from being able to provide emotional support. The EMDR Integrative Team model allows for collaboration between a family therapist and an EMDR therapist in order to change parent-child patterns and create a “secure holding environment” for trauma therapy.

Keywords: Attachment Trauma Children Family Therapy Intergrative Approach

Accuracy Verified: Yes

117. Shapiro, F. (2008, May). EMDR: 21st-century therapy and the possibilities for healing. Presentation at the Academy for Guided Imagery Conference.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been so well researched that it is now recommended as a front line treatment for trauma in the Practice Guidelines of American Psychiatric Association, and those of the Department of Defense and of Veterans Affairs. It is an integrative psychotherapy that offers a new and distinct approach to personality development and the treatment of pathology. The clinical applications of EMDR with an information processing focus can be used as a general model of psychotherapy addressing a full range of issues of everyday clinical practice, including family therapy impasses. Increasingly, research evidence is showing that there’s a kind of psychological change that can happen at the level of adaptive information processing, opening up the possibility of powerful therapeutic effects that can exceed expectations both in the speed and depth of their impact. In this presentation, you’ll get an experience of the implicit and associational memory networks that govern our feelings, thoughts, and reactions outside the realm of rational thought. You’ll learn how EMDR and the Adaptive Information Processing model apply not only to trauma, but also to personality disorders, depression, chronic pain, sexual compulsivity, and other dysfunctional behaviors and thoughts. EMDR group protocols will be illustrated that have been used worldwide after both natural and man-made disasters. It is believed that the treatment of trauma through networks of clinicians can aid in breaking the cycle of violence worldwide.

Keywords: Webcast

Accuracy Verified: Yes

118. Marr, J. (2011, October). EMDR: Developments in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Yorkshire Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of Eye Movement, Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) with the addition of a Mental Videotape with any disturbance experience by the client reprocessed with EMDR has been trialled within this research document as an alternative to exposure and response prevention (Ex/RP) or a combination of Ex/RP and CBT, for the treatment of OCD. The main hypothesis addressed was that an adapted form of EMDR with the inclusion of a Mental Videotape could also address OCD, where the Mental Videotape would replace the Exposure and the EMDR used to reprocess the response. (Author abstract)

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

119. Burns, M. (2011). EMDR: A documentary film. Author.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
This film weaves personal stories into discussion about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing's evolution and remarkable development. Researchers and practitioners from across the world share their reflections about EMDR's early days when founder Francine Shapiro began honing the therapy's methodology as well as how EMDR has transformed their practices in the decades since. Interviews explore the acute need for PTSD and trauma treatment that works efficiently and quickly to address the needs of the millions upon millions in need. Through interviews with the top EMDR community memebers, this documentary introduces and explains this therapy's components. Combining powerful personal stories from the military and civilian worlds, the film explores the ability of the human brain to re-wire itself when given the opportunity. More and more people every day, are affected by trauma personally. Many more feel the ripple-effects as family, friends, and co-workers of a traumatized person. This project's premise is that the trajectory of lives touched by tragedy and pain need not be predetermined.

Keywords: Interviews Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

120. Mueser, K. T., & Herbert, J. T (1993, September). EMDR: Caveat emptor!. the Behavior Therapist, 16(8), 218-219.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The past year has witnessed a flurry of letters to the Behavior Therapist about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment. Most of these letters address the controversy over the methods used to train clinicians in EMDR, such as the requirement that participants in workshops sign statements agreeing not to share any of the training materials with other clinicians. The recent surge in interest in EMDR is reflected by the explosive growch in training opportunities and applications to diverse clinical populations and syndromes (e.g., the children of alcoholics). Given such widespread interest, it is troubling that the most fundamental question about EMDR-its efficacy-has received so little attention.

Keywords: Letter

Accuracy Verified: Yes

121. Martinez, R. (1991, August). EMDR: Innovative uses. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1(1), 5-6.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This section will appear in each newsletter and will present innovative uses/ variations of the EMDR technique that has been discovered by clinicians trained in the method I would very much appreciate it if those of you who have found new variations on how to use EMDR would write these up and send them to me at the address below, so they can be included in future newsletters. Although your write-ups can be informal, I would appreciate your including the specific steps of the technique, the number of people on which it has been used, the number of people on which it has been successful, specific outcomes you have consistently noticed, and any further comments. Please include your name, address andphone number, so that I can reach you with any questions. Thank you.

Keywords: Innovative Uses

Accuracy Verified: Yes

122. Grand, D. (2003). Emotional healing at warp speed: The power of EMDR. New York: Present Tents Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
In the introduction to his new book, Emotional Healing at Warp Speed: The Power of EMDR, Dr. David Grand tells the story of his personal discovery of EMDR, opening his eyes to a whole new world. Throughout this energetic book, the reader shares his story, the shaping of a true adventurer in the field, reaching into new areas of emotional healing and well-being. Dr. David Grand celebrates creativity. He combines the courage to step outside of the conventional, while maintaining a strong allegiance to the EMDR model and Francine Shapiro’s principles. I have enjoyed following his rise in the field over the past few years, participating in his lively and well-attended workshops here in London, and using his BioLateral CD’s with much success. Most of all, I admire his sincere approach to the puzzles of life. Wherever possible, he depathologises and enlightens the human condition. His is a supremely optimistic book.

Keywords: Biography Creativity

Accuracy Verified: No

123. Yehuda, R. (2012, October). Epigenetics: What does it explain about trauma survivors?. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Most persons who develop PTSD in the aftermath of exposure recover from trauma-related symptoms, but remain at risk for a recrudescence of symptoms. This suggests that there are aspects of the response to high magnitude trauma that are long-lasting, despite variations in symptom intensity over time. Current bio-behavioral models of PTSD fall short of explaining the apparent paradox of an enduring response on the one hand and symptom change over time on the other. However, this phenomenon can potentially be explained by epigenetic mechanisms. Epigenetics (literally: “epi” meaning “in addition to” genetics) refers to a heritable change in the genome that can be induced by environmental events and does not involve an alteration of DNA sequence. Such modifications reflect enduring changes in the function of the DNA that are caused by environmental exposures. These changes can alter gene function influencing its biological activity. This presentation will discuss evidence for such changes in PTSD, and will explain how such mechanisms explain many of the salient features of PTSD, including individual variation in responses to events of similar intensity (e.g., combat exposures), and the relative permanence of biological and psychological alterations associated with the disorder. Current models of stress, or even gene-environment interactions, only partially address the influence of prior exposure(s) on PTSD vulnerability and the long-lasting biological and psychological effects of trauma exposure. In addition, epigenetic modifications can be transmitted intergenerationally, both through the maternal and paternal lines. The implications of such changes as PTSD vulnerability factors will also be discussed.

Keywords: Epigenetics Plenary Survivors Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

124. Schottenbauer, M. A. (2006). Expert therapists and practicing clinicians: Reported prototypical treatments of trauma. The Catholic University of America. AAT 3239353.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
PTSD is a frequent psychiatric response to a variety of extreme psychological stressors. While several effective treatments for PTSD such as cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) have been included on lists of empirically supported treatments, nonresponse rates to these treatments can be high. According to patient report, psychodynamic interventions are more common than CBT for PTSD in the community, yet only one randomized controlled trial has included a psychodynamic treatment for PTSD. This dissertation reviews the treatment dropout and non-response rates in studies of empirically supported treatments for PTSD. Next, a case for the value of psychodynamic treatment of PTSD is made, utilizing empirical research on links between the psychopathology of PTSD and psychodynamic concepts such as defenses and relationship patterns. Then, an empirical study was conducted to find out how psychodynamic and CBT therapists treat patients with PTSD, to discover commonalities and defining characteristics of treatment within each group of respondents, and to delineate the unique contributions of psychodynamic psychotherapy to the treatment of such patients.Therapists who identified themselves primarily with psychodynamic/psychoanalytic or cognitive-behavioral theoretical orientations were recruited online through professional organization listservs. They were randomly presented one of four case studies, describing variations on trauma. Participants then completed a Psychotherapy Process Q-Sort to describe quantitatively their ideal treatment of the given patient. Results indicated many similarities among clinicians of widely different perspectives. Among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was psychodynamic, three prototypical treatments were discovered, and among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was cognitive-behavioral, four prototypical treatments were found. Overall, the prototypes in the current study were correlated with, but not identical to, prototypes of PD, CBT, or interpersonal therapy (IPT) developed in previous studies based on experts' ratings. While the literature has suggested that clinicians who treat patients who have PTSD may make alterations in their techniques to address issues that are specific to PTSD, the current study provides some evidence that therapists are not aware of how their treatment for trauma is different from the theoretical approaches they endorse. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 67(10-B), 2007, pp. 6077.

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Mental Health Personnel Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

125. Manfield, P. (1998). Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
"Extending EMDR" is divided into two parts: those cases in which it was possible to target a relatively small number of distinct traumatic experiences, and those in which the client's symptoms have resulted from ongoing childhood trauma or neglect for which they are initially unable to identify representative discrete traumatic events. The cases in which clear targets were available required the therapists to identify those targets and work with a variety of resistances in order to achieve adaptive resolution. These clients could generally address their maladaptive defenses directly. Typically, their therapists relied on extensive cognitive interweave, structuring, support, and sometimes direct nurturing to make it possible for these clients to tolerate and utilize EMDR to process their targeted traumas.Where there were no distinct memories to target, the therapists needed to create innovative interventions. Their clients tended to be unable to address their maladaptive defenses directly without fragmenting or closing off. These cases required far more treatment time than those for which there were a limited number of discreet traumatic memories to target and process. Each therapist working with these clients needed to find a way to strengthen their ability to maintain internal cohesion and increase their sense of safety so that they could relinquish defenses without the threat of becoming overwhelmed and fragmented. Several of the therapists attempted to address directly the deficits that prevented their clients from recalling their past experiences, organizing them, and gaining access to specific memories and affect. [Text, pp. 9-10] [Pilots]

Keywords: Adults Americans Child Abuse Complex PTSD Defense Mechanisms Depressive Disorders Females Life Experiences Males Neglect Personality Disorders Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

126. Kiessling, R. (2009). Extending resources. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 87-89). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Some clients may be able to talk about their trauma; however, the thought of processing it with the Standard EMDR Protocol may seem too overwhelming. In cases such as these, having the client develop a resource to address the "fear of the fear" may reduce the anxiety of reprocessing the traumatic memory. The Wedging Technique Script is provided. (PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Protocol Resources

Accuracy Verified: Yes

127. Kiessling, R. (2005, September). Extending safe place/resource development protocols to increase client stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While many clients are able to immediately access and utilize their safe place/resource development strategies for EMDR trauma reprocessing, some are not. This workshop will teach participants the difference between state and trait change, and how to develop access, utilize, and strengthen a client's safe place/resource during and between sessions. Clinicians will learn, through a live demonstration, the extending safe place/resource development protocols. Clinicians wlll be able to discuss how re-evaluation helps increase client stability and bullds confidence in their safe place/resource to the point where they are ready to address their traumatic material with the EMDR protocol.

Keywords: Resource Installation Safe Place

Accuracy Verified: Yes

128. Montgomery, R. W., & Ayllon, T. (1994, September). Eye movement desensitization across subjects: Subjective and physiological measures of treatment efficacy. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 25(3), 217-230. doi:10.1016/0005-7916(94)90022-1.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization (EMD) was investigated in an experimental multiple baseline across subjects design. Six subjects who met the diagnostic criteria for PTSD were included in the study. While the EMD technique advanced by Shapiro has been reported to be clinically effective, major methodological issues have been raised which remain to be addressed. One issue raised is whether exposure to the traumatic image is sufficient to account for the reported clinical effects of EMD or whether the addition of saccadic eye movements is central to the treatment. This study attempted to address this concern by comparing two EMD-based procedures: a Non-saccade phase (without the saccadic eye movements) which functioned as a control and a second that included saccadic eye movements. Dependent variables included self-report information (SUDs, behavioral symptoms reports) and physiological data (heart rate and systolic blood pressure). The results showed no significant decreases in SUDs level with the EMD minus the saccadic eye movements procedure. However, five of the six subjects reported clinically significant decreases in their SUDs levels with the inclusion of the saccadic eye movements. This study appears to corroborate previous work employing single-case design as well as pre and postcomparisons. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Adults Americans Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychophysiology PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

129. Spates, C. R., Koch, E., Cusack, K., Pagoto, S., & Waller, S. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. In E. B. Foa, T. M. Keane, M. Terence, M. J. Friedman, & J. A. Cohen, (Eds) Effective treatments for PTSD: Practice guidelines from the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (2nd ed.) (pp. 279-305). New York: Guilford Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter critically summarizes state-of-the-art knowledge relevant to the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment for traumatic stress. We review empirical evidence and pertinent meta-analyses since the first edition of this volume was published. Data pertaining to EMDR treatment of both adults and children are incorporated. We also examined the evidence for its bearing on "questions in need of further research" from the previous update to determine whether the recommended research questions have been addressed. Finally, we raise a number of questions for continuing research relevant to EMDR and, more generally, the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), in which the evidence points to opportunities for emerging, empirically supported practice. In this chapter we address the empirical foundation of EMDR in terms of efficacy, comparative effectiveness, and durability. We also present evidence bearing on the conceptual framework, at least insofar as procedural components are concerned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2009 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Chronic Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Chronic PSTD Exposure Therapy Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Traumatic Stress Treatment Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

130. Fernandez, I. (2001, Aprile). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Psicoterapia Cognitiva e Comportamentale, 7(1), 35.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
L'articolo di J. Wolpe e J. Abrams presenta un caso trattato nel 1991 con Eye Movement Desensitization (EMD), erano le prime applicazioni cliniche dopo la scoperta di F. Shapiro nel 1989 dell'azione dei movimenti oculari sullo stress traumatico e sulle situazioni ansiogene. Negli anni successivi l'EMD è diventato EMDR, infatti, la desensibilizzazione è il primo effetto che avviene durante una seduta dove viene applicata la stimolazione bilaterale, ma successivamente l'osservazione massiccia ed approfondita degli effetti clinici di questo metodo terapeutico ha rivelato che il processo che avviene è molto più complesso. È stato notato che simultaneamente alla desensibilizzazione avviene una ristrutturazione cognitiva e che entrambe sono il risultato dell'elaborazione dell'informazione legata ai ricordi traumatici. Nel lavoro realizzato con la paziente Shirley, Wolpe descrive tutta la storia di terapie a cui era stata sottoposta fino a quel momento che però non erano riuscite ad affrontare e risolvere l'esperienza traumatica della violenza sessuale. L'EMDR è stato efficace perché ha lavorato sul piano neurofisiologico, dove l'informazione è immagazzinata in modo disfunzionale ed è accessibile soltanto a questo livello, infatti, le terapie prettamente verbali non sempre riescono ad accedere e ad agire su questo piano e di conseguenza non riescono a modificare gli aspetti clinici legati alle esperienze di stress traumatico. Il programma terapeutico di Wolpe per l'introduzione dell'EMDR si è focalizzato inizialmente sull'esperienza traumatica della violenza (2 sedute) e dopo aver elaborato l'esperienza in sé sono stati individuati altri bisogni terapeutici legati all'ansia sociale e agli spunti agorafobici. Le 5 sedute successive sono state utilizzate per la desensibilizzazione di una serie di situazioni a cui era stato attribuito dalla paziente un valore della scala SUD. Si è iniziato dalla situazione più ansiogena (85) nella scala SUD e anziché utilizzare il rilassamento proprio della desensibilizzazione sistematica, sono stati realizzati movimenti oculari. La paziente riportava una riduzione dell'ansia dopo ogni set di stimolazione bilaterale e l'immagine della situazione temuta tendeva a sparire e in alcune situazioni addirittura diventava positiva. La ristrutturazione cognitiva è avvenuta nella paziente in modo spontaneo man mano che la terapia procedeva, fino a riportare che poteva camminare per strada sentendosi una cittadina normale, avendo un progetto per il futuro, inoltre aveva smesso quasi completamente di bere e si sentiva che un peso si era sollevato dalle sue spalle. Riportava di essere più rilassata sul lavoro, si godeva le passeggiate solitarie sulla spiaggia, aveva cominciato a curare il suo aspetto fisico e aveva iniziato ad avere interesse per gli uomini e ad avvicinarsi a qualcuno, ha riportato che non temeva più di essere violentata e non aveva più i pensieri suicidi e gli autori hanno ritenuto la terapia conclusa. I risultati si sono mantenuti ai vari follow up realizzati nel tempo. Quindi possiamo vedere i risultati della terapia con EMDR a livello cognitivo, nelle attribuzioni che fa del mondo e di se stessa, differenziando i pericoli veri da quelli meramente ansiogeni, soggettivo per quello che la paziente riporta emotivamente e a livello comportamentale, dove ha messo in atto dei nuovi comportamenti adattivi in modo spontaneo. Nella parte conclusiva gli autori menzionano una serie di 100 casi che sarebbero stati pubblicati nel Journal of Behaviour Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry e si augurano che altre pubblicazioni potessero rispondere al bisogno di delucidare i meccanismi che permettono questi cambiamenti dopo una seduta di EMDR. Come si evince dagli articoli che vengono pubblicati in questo numero la ricerca, il lavoro empirico e le osservazioni cliniche hanno dato un grande contributo in questo senso negli ultimi anni. Sull'EMDR sono stati pubblicati più di 150 articoli che ne dimostrano la efficacia. Tra le riviste scientifiche più accreditate dove sono pubblicati dei lavori di ricerca sull'EMDR troviamo: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, British Journal of Clinical Psychology, Journal of Anxiety Disorders, Journal of Behaviour and experimental psychiatry, Behavioural and Cognitive psychotherapy, Behaviour Therapy, Journal of traumatic stress, The Clinical Psychologist, Journal of Psychotherapy integration, Harvard Mental Health letter, Journal of Clinical psychology, Psychotherapy, British Journal of Psychiatry, International Journal of Psychiatry. Inoltre, sono stati pubblicati libri e manuali per terapeuti tradotti in varie lingue (in Italia dall'Astrolabio e dalla Mc Graw Hill Italia). Inoltre, recentemente, l'International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS) ha stabilito e comunicato che l'EMDR è uno dei metodi terapeutici più rapidi ed efficaci per superare e risolvere il disturbo post-traumatico da stress.

The article by J. Wolpe, J. Abrams has a case treated in 1991 with Eye Movement Desensitization (EMD), were the first clinical applications since the discovery of F. Shapiro in 1989 of the eye movements on traumatic stress and anxiety-provoking situations. In subsequent years the EMD became EMDR, in fact, the first effect is the desensitization that occurs during a session where the stimulation is applied bilaterally, but then observing massive and thorough clinical effects of this therapy revealed that the process that takes place is much more complex. It was noted that desensitization occurs simultaneously with a cognitive restructuring, and that both are the result of information related to traumatic memories. In work done with the patient Shirley, Wolpe describes the history of therapies that had been subjected up to that point but had failed to address and resolve the traumatic experience of sexual violence. EMDR was effective because he worked on the neurophysiological level, where information is stored in a dysfunctional and is accessible only at this level, in fact, purely verbal therapies are not always able to access and act on this plan and therefore can not modify the clinical aspects related to the experience of traumatic stress. The treatment plan for the introduction of Wolpe EMDR focused initially traumatic experience of violence (2 sessions) and after processing the experience itself more therapeutic needs were identified related to social anxiety and agoraphobic cues . 5 The subsequent sessions were used for the desensitization of a variety of situations to which the patient was given a value of SUD scale. It was started by the most anxiety-inducing situation (85) in the scale instead of using SUD and their relaxation in systematic desensitization, eye movements were made. The patient reported a reduction in anxiety after each set of bilateral stimulation and the image of the feared situation, and tended to disappear in some situations even became positive. The cognitive restructuring has taken place in the patient spontaneously as the therapy progressed, he could bring up to walk down the street feeling like a normal citizen, having a vision for the future, also had almost completely stopped drinking and felt that a weight had lifted from his shoulders. Reported to be more relaxed at work, enjoyed solitary walks on the beach, he began to treat her physical appearance and had started to have interest to men and to approach someone, reported that no longer feared being raped and not had more suicidal thoughts and the authors have considered the therapy ended. The results were maintained at various follow-up made in time. So we can see the results of EMDR therapy at the cognitive level, which is within the functions of the world and of itself, differentiating the real dangers than mere anxiety, subjective to what the patient experiences emotional and behavioral level, where he implemented of new adaptive behaviors in a spontaneous way. In the concluding section the authors refer to a series of 100 cases were published in the Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry and hope that other publications might respond to the need to elucidate the mechanisms that allow these changes after a session of EMDR. It is clear from articles published in this issue the research, the empirical work and clinical observations have given a great contribution in this direction in recent years. EMDR has been published over 150 articles which demonstrate its effectiveness. Among the most accredited scientific journals which are published on EMDR research work are: the Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, British Journal of Clinical Psychology, Journal of Anxiety Disorders, Journal of Behavior and Experimental Psychiatry, Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy, Behaviour Therapy , Journal of Traumatic Stress, The Clinical Psychologist, Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, Harvard Mental Health Letter, American Journal of Clinical Psychology, Psychotherapy, British Journal of Psychiatry, International Journal of Psychiatry. Were also published books and manuals for therapists translated into several languages (in Italy and the McGraw Hill dall'Astrolabio Italy). In addition, recently, the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS) has established and communicated that EMDR is one of the fastest and most effective treatment methods to overcome and resolve the post-traumatic stress disorder.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

131. Finley, P. A. (2002, April). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of sex offenders. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3068413.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Most sex offenders in treatment in the United States understand and adapt well to the predominantly cognitive/behavioral/relapse prevention (RP) aspects of their treatment. "No more victims" is the fundamental goal of sex offender treatment, and due to this focus on relapse prevention, most sex offenders do not adequately address their own emotional wounding from early trauma and victimization. This author believes these unresolved affective issues lead to the cognitive distortions and justifications that allow sex offenders to give themselves permission to offend in the first place. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a therapeutic intervention that assists in rapidly resolving troubling thoughts, feelings, and physical sensations. Incorporating EMDR into the current cognitive/behavioral/relapse prevention (RP) treatment model for sex offender treatment opens the possibility of reducing the reoffense rate in society. In this study, affective issues of adult male sex offenders (n = 27) were addressed, employing EMDR; this comprised the experimental treatment group. The experimental group received a pretest, three EMDR sessions, and a posttest over an average time of 3.8 months. The Multiphasic Sex Inventory (MSI) was the measure used for this research. The three scales on that test designed to measure for thinking errors were: the Cognitive Distortion and Immaturity (CDI Scale; the Justification (Ju) Scale; and the Treatment Attitudes (TA) Scale. Archived pretest/posttest scores of randomly selected and anonymous adult male sex offenders comprised the control group (n = 27). This group was tested on the MSI and MSI 2 before entering Module 4 and after finishing Module 5, representing 22.5 months of treatment pretest/posttest. All control and experimental group subjects took part in a mandated cognitive/behavioral/relapse prevention (RP) program. The independent two-sample t test was used to compare two means utilizing the rate of change between the experimental and control group. The results of the study indicate a statistically significant reduction in justifications for offender behavior in the experimental group on the Ju scale (p-value = 0.008). On the CDI and TA scale, the null hypotheses were supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 63(10-B), Apr 2003, pp. 4899.

Keywords: Empirical Study Male Sex Offenders Relapse Prevention Sex Offenders Sex Offenses Sex Offender Treatment Therapeutic Intervention

Accuracy Verified: Yes

132. ten Broeke, E., & de Jongh, A. (1995, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): 'Gewoon' imaginaire exposure? [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Just imaginal exposure?]. Tijdschrift de Psycholoog, 30(11), 459-464.

Language: Dutch

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Oogbeweging desensibilisatie and Reprocessing (EMDR) is een relatief nieuwe methode voor de behandeling van PTSS. Sinds de eerste studie meer dan 10.000 artsen zijn opgeleid hele wereld en de positieve resultaten met EMDR zijn gemeld met een groot aantal van de bevolking. Er is gesuggereerd dat EMDR is niets meer dan een complexe vorm van de blootstelling. Het doel van dit artikel is om deze bewering te kritisch aan te pakken. Een korte schets van exposure in vivo behandeling, de EMDR-behandeling protocol, EMDR en een case-studie worden gepresenteerd. Geconcludeerd wordt dat de waargenomen procedurele en theoretische verschillen tussen blootstelling en EMDR leiden tot de conclusie dat de effectiviteit van EMDR, meest waarschijnlijk is, niet kan worden verklaard door de effecten van imaginaire exposure alleen. [Samenvatting Auteur] [Loodsen]

Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new treatment method for PTSD. Since the initial study over 10,000 clinicians have been trained world-wide and positive results with EMDR have been reported with a wide number of populations. It has been suggested that EMDR is nothing more than a complex form of exposure. The aim of the present article is to address this claim critically. A brief outline of exposure in vivo treatment, the EMDR treatment protocol, and an EMDR case-study are presented. It is concluded that observed procedural and theoretical differences between exposure and EMDR lead to the conclusion that the effectiveness of EMDR, most likely, cannot be explained by the effects of imaginal exposure only. [Author Summary] [Pilots]

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

133. Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2002, August). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Information processing in the treatment of trauma. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(8), 933-946. doi:10.1002/jclp.10068.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an efficacious and efficient treatment for PTSD. This article provides a brief overview of the findings of 20 controlled-outcome studies and describes Shapiro's Adaptive Information Processing model. This model posits that pathology results when distressing experiences are processed inadequately and hypothesizes that EMDR accelerates information processing, resulting in the adaptive resolution of traumatic memories. A detailed description of the eight phases of treatment highlights the procedures, assumptions, and clinical observations that currently guide EMDR clinical practice. A case study, with an in-session transcript, illustrates the application of EMDR to address the past events that have laid the groundwork for dysfunction, the present circumstances that elicit distress, and skills acquisition needed for adaptive functioning (Pilots).

Keywords: Clinical Case Study Cognitive Processes Empirical Study Information Processing Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychotherapeutic Processes Treatment Process

Accuracy Verified: Yes

134. Fernandez, I., & Faretta, E. (2007, February). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Clinical Case Studies, 6(1), 44-63. doi: 10.1177/1534650105277220.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article describes a comprehensive treatment of a case of panic disorder with agoraphobia. A thorough history taking revealed that experiential contributors had a pivotal role in the development of the condition. Therefore, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) was used to address early traumatic events as well as the present stimuli that caused disturbance and had maintained symptomatology for the past 12 years. Although the client's symptoms were resolved after 15 sessions, EMDR was also effective in addressing future behaviors and resolving anticipatory anxiety. During EMDR processing, the client demonstrated emotional and cognitive changes consistent with trauma resolution, insight, and personal growth. The client gradually enacted functional new behaviors spontaneously as treatment unfolded. The therapeutic process and the targets are described in detail. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Agoraphobia Case Report Clinical Case StudyFemales Italians Panic Disorder Phobia Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

135. Balcom, D. (2000, December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of traumatized gay men. Journal of Gay and Lesbian Social Services, 12(1/2), 75-89. doi:10.1300/J041v12n01_04 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Gay men suffering from traumatic experiences can benefit from Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing treatment (EMDR). In the past decade the theory and practice of EMDR has expanded to address acute and chronic childhood and adult traumas, substance misuse or abuse, identity issues including shame and self-esteem, and health issues. Through a process of accelerated information processing, traumatic memories are desensitized and reprocessed, resulting in less distress for the client in the present and future. EMDR can also be useful for developing internal resources and for exploration of relevant themes for the client. Further attention is needed in exploring the use of EMDR for gay men traumatized by hate crimes, sexual issues resulting from traumatic experiences, and internalized homophobia. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Emotional Trauma Gay Males Homosexuality Homosexuals Males Psychotherapeutic Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

136. Balcom, D. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of traumatized gay men. In J. Cassese (Ed.), Gay men and childhood sexual trauma: Integrating the shattered self (pp. 75-89). Binghamton, NY: Harrington Park Press/The Haworth Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Describes the theory and practice of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment (EMDR), presents a survey of its applications to traumatized gay male clients, and offers an illustrative case study to highlight the utility of EMDR. In the past decade the theory and practice of EMDR has expanded to address acute and chronic childhood and adult traumas, substance misuse or abuse, identity issues including shame and self-esteem, and health issues. The author suggests that gay men suffering from traumatic experiences can benefit from EMDR. It is noted that through a process of accelerated information processing, traumatic memories are desensitized and reprocessed, resulting in less distress for the client in the present and future. It is concluded that further attention is needed in exploring the use of EMDR for gay men traumatized by hate crimes, sexual issues resulting from traumatic experiences, and internalized homophobia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adults Emotional Trauma Gay Males Homosexuality Homosexuals Males Psychotherapeutic Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

137. EMDR International Association (EMDRIA) (2012, October 7). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing international association response to the Institute of Medicine report on “Treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder in military and veteran populations: Initial assessment”. EMDRIA. Retrieved from http://www.emdria.org/associations/12049/files/EMDRIA%20IOM%20Response.pdf on 10/19/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
In response to the Institute of Medicine’s (IOM) July 2012, publication, Treatment for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Military and Veteran Populations: Initial Assessment, the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing International Association (EMDRIA) applauds the IOM for its leadership role in calling for the use of evidence-based methods for treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and for advocating stepped-up research on therapies for war stress injuries, with an appropriate recognition of the urgency required.
We do, however, see errors and omissions in the portrayal of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy in the IOM reports; we believe that the misrepresentation of EMDR in the 2008 document unfortunately has been perpetuated in the 2012 Initial Assessment. We are concerned that these misunderstandings will be incorporated as Phase 2 of this study proceeds; thus we are providing you with information with the hope that these inaccuracies can be addressed and corrected. This would positively impact further research on the treatment of PTSD. In the following, we have identified several specific statements in the IOM report that misquote or misrepresent the original EMDR research papers. The inaccuracy of the quotes are serious enough to bias the conclusions of the IOM report and call into question the validity of the document.
In addition, we want to highlight the fact that the original IOM report on PTSD called for randomized clinical trials (RCT) to further evaluate EMDR (IOM, 2008), but this recommendation has not been implemented. It is our hope that our response will encourage the IOM to address this lack of follow through and advocate for randomized clinical trials to test the efficacy of all the evidence-based therapies.

Keywords: Institute of Medicine Report IOM Report Military Posttraumatic Stress PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

138. Rose, B. K. (2004). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR): A treatment protocol for addicted inmates with traumatic histories. Carlos Albizu University, Miami, FL. AAT 3102092.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract: S
ubstance Abuse is the use and abuse of mood and mind altering substances often having undesired effects on the lives of those addicted, and having a negative impact on the lives of others. Those addicted may expose themselves and others to physical and psychological harm; may create forensic problems; cause disintegration of the family, and problematic interpersonal relationships. Underlying reasons for addictive behavior include but are not limited to: genetic predisposition, psychosocial involvement, psychobiological complications, developmental conditions, and pre-existing psychological and environmental events. Some deficits found in those addicted include: poor coping skills, inability to problem solve, inability to function in difficult situations, and may use cognitive avoidance as a means of coping with life. The idea that children might be negatively impacted by exposure to substance abuse using parents is not a new revelation. However, the degree of damage done to these children is severe, and more is being learned about the severity of that damage. Children often are enmeshed with their dysfunctional families, and many problems arise involving their inability to maintain intimate relationships with others. Attachment issues may develop in infancy and early stages of maturation, and adversely affect children's ability to function as adults. Abusive pasts and traumatic incidents often may hinder the psychological growth and maturity of those who have experienced trauma and abuse.Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a fairly new concept of treatment. It was first designed to address therapy with those who had been exposed to trauma. However, over the past 22 years since its inception, it has been adapted to treat many other types of Axis I disorders. It has been determined that EMDR is useful in addressing substance abuse and other Axis I diagnoses, especially PTSD. Hiller, Knight, and Simpson completed a study with 161 persons who resided at a residential halfway house for newly released inmates. Their results found: 80% of the sample of had psychological problems; 72% had significant drug abuse problems; 58% had concurrent psychopathology and drug abuse problems. Research indicates prison confinement is increasing, and the idea of therapy in the forensic setting is gaining in popularity. Thus, the purpose of this dissertation is to design a substance abuse program to address the difficulties of substance abuse treatment for the dual diagnosed clients. The data collected from this program will help provide much needed information in order to further research and increase our understanding of the needs of this underserved population. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Comorbidity Drug Abuse Prison Inmates Psychiatric Disorders Stressors Survivors Therapeutic Community

Accuracy Verified: Yes

139. Condon, G. (2000, August 22). Eye-opening therapy: Method simulating REM succeeds in soothing painful memories, but nobody knows why. Hartford, CT: The Hartford Courant, Statewide, Life, D3.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract: Over time, the memory helped shape the low self-esteem, disturbed sleep, anxiety and depression that brought him to Carole MacKenzie's psychotherapy practice in Hartford last year. MacKenzie, a clinical social worker, used a technique called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a controversial but increasingly popular method that has been used for a decade to help heal those suffering the psychological aftereffects of trauma.

Keywords: General Hartford Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

140. Harriman, J. G. (1994, July 14). Eye-opening trauma treatment. Wilmington, DE: The News Journal, B1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
The treatment that Dr. Frances Klaff had given Dougherty - Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing - had helped Snyder herself as part of more conventional, on-going therapy.

Keywords: Frances Klaff Trauma: Wilmington

Accuracy Verified: Yes

141. Staff. (2013, January). Eye-opening treatment for PTSD. Army. Retrieved from https://www.army.mod.uk/news/24729.aspx on 3/7/2013.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Lost in mental illness, he became one of the first troops to try out the intriguing and cutting-edge therapy called eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) - a practice which would force him to relive suicidal thoughts but ultimately go on to help save his life. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Military Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

142. Shusta-Hochberg, S. (2011, November). Fairy tales and singing bowls: Creatively augmenting adult trauma treatment. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma work requires intense and often protracted effort for therapists and patients alike. While talk therapy to address trauma, empower patients and reduce maladaptive behaviors is a cornerstone of trauma therapy, sometimes it is insufficient. If a patient becomes destabilized during a session, we will need to employ containment or grounding techniques. When the work hits an impasse, we may spark new energy and momentum by introducing an adjunctive technique. Hypnosis and EMDR can be used in various effective ways, and there are many other interventions worth considering. Some adult trauma survivors find that symbolic play with toys or games enables them to work better in session. Several of my patients have found comfort from interventions such as sharing and discussing classic fairy tales and other readings or ringing a Tibetan singing bowl in session. While some interventions are stabilizing, others are perturbing or instigating, bringing up new material to explore. This paper will discuss varying interventions the therapist can utilize that can calm, energize, contain or provoke insights, or provide access to deeper material needed for therapeutic healing. Judicious use of adjunctive alternative referrals such as craniosacral or chiropractic treatment, music and art therapy will be discussed as well. Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to assess skills and/or materials they have now that could be utilized in this supplemental way: art skills, musical skills or aids such as Tibetan singing bowls, aromatherapy aids such as candles, essential oils or incense; or consider techniques they might like to employ in therapy. 2)Participants will be able to determine which of their current trauma patients might benefit from the addition of supplemental techniques in treatment or from referrals to outside professionals for adjunctive treatment such as art or music therapy, or for bodywork such as craniosacral treatment. 3) Participants will be able to identify opportunities to utilize new interventions in a treatment such as impasses, stalemates, prolonged repeat of narratives without progress, and helping an unstable patient contain affect, achieve relief from agitation or move from a highly dysphoric state.

Accuracy Verified: Yes

143. Monteiro, A. M. (2012, Novembro). A família que habito, a Família que me habita: Estados de ego e transgeracionalidade no EMDR [The family I live, the family that lives in me: The ego and transgenerality in EMDR]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Nesta oficina devemos trabalhar a dimensão transgeracional da composição dos Estados de Ego e discutir possíveis implicações para teoria e prática do EMDR, destacando-se os desafios de constituição do sujeito, composição de cognições existenciais e ajustes do protocolo clássico para abordagem dessa complexidade interior do indivíduo com composição egóica múltipla. Palavras-chave: estados de ego; crenças existenciais; constituição do sujeito; protocolo clássico.

In this workshop we work transgenerational dimension to the composition of Ego States and possible implications for theory and practice of EMDR, highlighting the challenges of subject constitution, composition and existential cognitions adjustments classic protocol to address this complexity within the individual composition with multiple ego.

Keywords: Ego States Existential Beliefs Constitution of the Subject Standard Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

144. Miller, R. (2010, September). The feeling-state theory of impulse-control disorders and the impulse-control disorder protocol. Traumatology, 16(3), 2-10. doi:10.1177/1534765610365912.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Impulse-control disorders such as pathological gambling, sexual addiction, and compulsive shopping cause enormous suffering in people’s lives. The feeling-state theory of impulse-control disorders postulates that these disorders are created when intense positive feelings become linked with specific behaviors. The effect of this linkage is that, to generate the same feeling, the person compulsively reenacts the behavior related to that original positive-feeling event, even if detrimental to his or her own wellbeing. This reenactment creates the impulse-control disorder. The therapy described in this article is the Impulse-Control Disorder Protocol (ICDP), which uses a modified form of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) to address these fixations. A case study of an individual with pathological gambling illustrates the application of ICDP.

Keywords: Compulsion Gambling Impulse-Control Disorders Sexual Addiction

Accuracy Verified: Yes

145. Lohr, J., Tolin, D., & Lilienfeld, S. (2000, Summer). Final comments on Lipke's critique of Lohr, Tolin, and Lilienfeld (1998). the Behavior Therapist, 23(7), 145-147.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Responds to H. Lipke's critique of J. Lohr, D. Tolin, and S. Lilienfeld's study which reviews 17 studies on the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and the conceptual analysis of its mechanisms of action. The authors address a number of issues from Lipke's critique, including the assertion that EMDR is more efficacious or effective than extant behavioral treatments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Behavior Therapy Emotional Trauma Memory Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Traumatic Memories

Accuracy Verified: Yes

146. Browning, C. (1999). Flotar hacia atrás y flotar hacia delante: Técnicas para ligar el pasado, Presente y futuro [Floatback and Float Forward: Techniques for the Tie Past, Present and Future]. Presentation at EMDRIA Latinoamericana.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El protocolo estándar de EMDR requiere enfocar los orígenes de la perturbación, los gatillos del presente y crear un patrón de conductas adecuadas para el futuro (Shapiro). Algunos pacientes, sin embargo pueden tener dificultades para conectar su problema actual con acontecimientos del pasado. Así también, otros pacientes pueden tener dificultades para crear patrones positivos para el futuro, especialmente si ensayar conductas nuevas los pone ansiosos. Para estos problemas las técnicas de "Flotar hacia atrás" y "Flotar hacia delante" desarrolladas por William Zangwill Ph. D., entrenador del Instituto EMDR, son métodos efectivos para ligar el pasado, presente y futuro en un ámbito terapéutico y proveen al terapeuta de instrumentos para abordar eficientemente ambos temas. LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA ATRÁS Abordar recuerdos tempranos asociados con el material perturbador es fundamental para EMDR. Shapiro dice que ayudar al paciente a encontrar un recuerdo temprano "debe ser una de las primeras opciones que debe considerar al terapeuta..." (Shapiro, 1995). La Técnica de Flotar hacia atrás es un camino eficiente y poderoso para llegar a esta meta, permitiendo al terapeuta asistir al paciente a llevar a cabo sus propias asociaciones con acontecimientos del pasado. Su uso es muy apropiado cuando el terapeuta sospecha que una perturbación que el paciente experimenta en el presente, tiene sus raíces en experiencias del pasado; especialmente cuando preguntas como "Cuál es su recuerdo más temprano en relación a lo que se siente ahora? no ha tenido éxito en ayudar al paciente a conectar con eventos del pasado. También cuando un paciente presenta un tema o experiencia recurrente, la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es ideal para ayudar al paciente a identificar un target para el reprocesamiento. Muchos pacientes se ponen en contacto con los problemas actuales con relativa facilidad. Por ejemplo, una paciente que se queja que se siente abandonada cuando su marido se va de viaje de negocios, probablemente pueda recordar sus problemas actuales con facilidad. Entonces el terapeuta puede aplicar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás para ayudarle a la paciente a recordar un acontecimiento del pasado con rapidez y eficiencia. Para usar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, arme el protocolo con el problema actual, utilizando los pasos que figuran en el Manual de Entrenamiento del Nivel I y del Nivel II (Shapiro, 1994) incluyendo la imagen, la cognición negativa (CN), la cognición positiva (CP), la validación de la cognición (VoC), emociones, Unidad Subjetiva de Perturbación (SUD) y sensación corporal. Sin embargo, no incide todavía el procesamiento (es decir, movimientos oculares u otra estimulación). En vez de eso, diga a su paciente: "Fíjese en la imagen de... y esas palabras (repita la imagen perturbadora del paciente y su cognición negativa), fíjese que emociones le vienen y donde las siente en el cuerpo. Ahora cierre los ojos y deje que su mente flote hacia atrás a un período anterior en su vida, no busque, simplemente deje que su mente flote a una época donde usted pensaba cosas similares... (repita las emociones que dijo el paciente) en ...(repita los lugares del cuerpo donde el paciente sintió las sensaciones). Cuando esté listo abra los ojos y dígame lo primero que le viene a la mente". Utilice esta experiencia más temprana como target, completando todos los items del protocolo: imagen, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD y ubicación de las sensaciones corporales y comience a procesar con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Una vez que se ha procesado este material, vuelva al target original del material actual. Muy a menudo se generaliza el trabajo realizado sobre el material más temprano y ya no hace falta procesar el material actual. Es importante usar términos generales cuando se le dan al paciente las instrucciones de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, es decir, pedir un recuerdo temprano y no el más temprano. Hay varias razones que avalan esto. Primero, muchas veces es el peor recuerdo y no el primero que funciona como el mejor target para el reprocesamiento,. Además, usar términos generales es una ayuda para los pacientes más compulsivos y perfeccionistas que de otra manera estarían demasiado preocupados en no equivocarse y encontrar exactamente la primera asociación. Finalmente, la flexibilidad que permite la utilización de términos generales más que términos específicos aumenta la posibilidad de éxito del paciente de conectarse con el pasado que es la meta de esta técnica. El rasgo esencial de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es usar las preguntas del protocolo para conectar los problemas del presente con eventos del pasado. Pasar las preguntas como fueron desarrolladas por Shapiro es un potente método para ayudar a los pacientes a sintonizar con todos los aspectos de su experiencia del problema. El material perturbador se vuelve más vívido y actual para el paciente y posibilita recordar experiencias similares. Se supone, como hipótesis, que al haber desarrollado el protocolo con todas las preguntas sobre el problema actual, estimula la red neuronal de asociaciones y posibilita casi sin esfuerzo el "flotar hacia atrás" a asociaciones tempranas. Además, el vínculo paciente-terapeuta es realzado porque el terapeuta valida la experiencia del paciente (la perturbación actual) al empezar el trabajo desde el punto en el que se encuentra el paciente. Las asociaciones son del paciente, eliminando el tema de la resistencia a cualquier idea o interpretación introducida por el terapeuta. El paciente se da cuenta vivencialmente de la conexión del presente con el pasado usando la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, pudiendo esquivar la evitación y otras defensas. LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA DELANTE Mientras que la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás posibilita muy a menudo que los pacientes vean y sientan la conexión entre el problema actual y los eventos pasados, la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante permite que el paciente identifique y reprocese la ansiedad anticipatoria y desarrolle patrones positivos para el futuro. Es un método que puede ser utilizado en cualquier momento del proceso terapéutico para solucionar bloqueos, renuencias y en algunos casos, resistencias o temas de beneficios secundarios o pérdidas. Es especialmente útil para trabajar con el miedo del paciente a hacer EMDR. Para ponerlo en práctica, primero pida al paciente que imagine lo peor que le puede pasar si hace "X" (por ej. probar una nueva conducta, testear una nueva habilidad, empezar una experiencia nueva). ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si hace EMDR? Que es lo peor que le puede pasar si soluciona este problema? ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si le pone límites a su jefe respecto a la cantidad de trabajo que espera que usted haga? El paciente puede necesitar ayuda para identificar la peor escena. Algunas sugerencias incluyen el miedo a perder el control de sus emociones, el miedo a perder el control de sus funciones corporales como el control de esfínteres, miedo a tener un ataque de pánico, y no poder manejar su vida emocional entre las sesiones. Una vez que el paciente ha identificado el incidente, pregunte por la peor parte de esa escena y utilícelo como el target de EMDR, armando el protocolo con las preguntas estándar, pero con una leve modificación: pregunte por la imagen que representa la peor parte del peor incidente, por ej. "Cuando usted ve una imagen de si mismo/a haciendo......, que es lo peor que puede pasar?" Después siga con el resto de las preguntas estándar, es decir, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD, y ubicación de la sensación corporal. Estimule el procesamiento del paciente con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Si el desarrollo de la peor escena del paciente le provoca un miedo racional, puede que se tengan que tomar medidas prácticas para solucionar estas preocupaciones. Por ejemplo, usando la técnica de flotar hacia delante con un chico de 13 años que estaba en un hogar adoptivo transitorio, la peor escena evocada por él fue: "Me van a devolver al Hogar si esta adopción no resulta". Durante el procesamiento, el SUD se redujo de 8 a 3 con bastante rapidez pero de ahí no bajaba. El paciente comentó que no bajaba porque esta "peor escena" podría sucederle realmente y le había sucedido en el pasado. Paramos los movimientos oculares, charlamos un rato y elaboramos un plan para: a) una sesión con sus padres adoptivos para hablar sobre la permanencia de la adopción y b) una llamada en conferencia a su asesor legal para clarificar sus derechos y opciones. Volviendo al target después de esto, le fue posible reducir el SUD a 1 con unos pocos sets de movimientos oculares. Al utilizar la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante para reprocesar la peor escena, el paciente tiene una oportunidad para resolver la ansiedad anticipatoria. Durante la instalación de la cognición positiva, el paciente está creando patrones positivos para acciones en el futuro. Una mujer cuyo hermano fue verbalmente abusivo con ella en la infancia y en la actualidad la intimidaba, armó una "peor escena" con: "Va a ser igualmente abusivo cuando lo vea la próxima vez". La paciente había hecho mucho EMDR, reprocesando incidentes de la infancia relacionados con el abuso verbal del hermano. Sin embargo, sin un referente positivo vivencial, seguía ansiosa cada vez que interactuaba con él. Pidiéndole que "flote hacia delante" y usando EMDR sobre una de las peores escenas, alivió su ansiedad respecto a una fiesta familiar que tenía pendiente. Instalando una CP de "Ahora estoy más fuerte" le permitió crear una imagen de si misma manejando a su hermano con humor y sintiéndose segura. A aplicar las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante y ocuparse así del pasado, presente y futuro, el terapeuta de EMDR puede sanar mejor a su paciente. Es más, las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante están basadas en EMDR. Las dos incorporan las preguntas del protocolo standard y le dan al terapeuta y al paciente la oportunidad de manejarse más fluidamente con dicho protocolo.

EMDR standard protocol requires a focus of the origins of the disturbance, the triggers of this and create a pattern of behaviors appropriate to the future (Shapiro). Some patients, however, may have difficulty connecting the current problem with past events. Also, other patients may have difficulty creating positive patterns for the future, especially if you try new behaviors makes them anxious. For these problems the techniques of "float back" and "Float forward" developed by William Zangwill Ph.D., EMDR Institute trainer, are effective methods to link the past, present and future in a therapeutic area and provide the therapist tools to effectively address both issues. THE ART OF FLOATING BACK Addressing early memories associated with foreign material is essential to EMDR. Shapiro said that helping the patient to find early memory "must be one of the first options to consider when therapist ..." (Shapiro, 1995). Floating Technique back is a powerful and efficient way to reach this goal, allowing the therapist to assist the patient to carry out their own associations with past events. Its use is most appropriate when the clinician suspects that a disturbance that the patient is experiencing at present, is rooted in past experiences, especially when questions like "What is your earliest memory in relation to what you feel now? Not been successful in helping patients to connect with past events. Also when a patient has a recurrent theme or experience, the Backward Floating Technique is ideal for helping the patient to identify a target for reprocessing. Many patients come into contact with the current problems with relative ease. For example, a patient who complains that she feels abandoned when her husband goes on a business trip, you can probably recall their current problems with ease. Then the therapist can apply the technique Float Backwards to help the patient to remember a past event quickly and efficiently. To use the technique to back float, arm the protocol to the current problem, using the steps listed in the Training Manual Level I and Level II (Shapiro, 1994) including the image, negative cognition (NC) positive cognition (PC), validation of cognition (VoC), emotions, Subjective Unit of Disturbance (SUD) and bodily sensation. However, it still affects the processing (ie, eye movements or other stimulation). Instead, tell your patient: "Look at the picture ... and those words (repetition of the disturbing image of the patient and negative cognition), note that emotions come from and where you sit on the body. Now close eyes and let your mind float back to an earlier period in your life, look no further, just let your mind float to a time when you thought things like ... (repeat the emotions that said the patient) .. . (repeat parts of the body where the patient felt the sensation). When you are ready open your eyes and tell me the first thing that comes to mind. " Use this early experience as a target, completing all protocol items: image, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD and location of bodily sensations and begin processing with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. Once this material has been processed, return to the original target of the current material. Very often we generalize the work done on the earlier material and no longer have to render the current material. It is important to use general terms when the patient is given instructions Technique Float Backwards, ie a memory request early and not earlier. There are several reasons that support this. First, it is often the worst memory and not the first that works as the best target for reprocessing. In addition, using general terms is an aid for compulsive and perfectionistic patients who otherwise would be too concerned with avoiding failure and find exactly the first association. Finally, the flexibility that allows the use of general rather than specific terms increases the likelihood of success of the patient to connect with the past that is the goal of this technique. The essential feature of the technique is to use Float Backwards questions of protocol to connect the problems of the present with past events. Skip the questions and were developed by Shapiro is a powerful method to help patients to tune into all aspects of their experience of the problem. The foreign material becomes more vivid and present to the patient and possible recall similar experiences. It is assumed, arguendo, that having developed the protocol with all the questions about the current problem, the neural network encourages and facilitates partnerships almost effortlessly "float back" early associations. In addition, the patient-therapist relationship is enhanced because the therapist validates the patient's experience (current disruption) to start work from the point where the patient is. Partnerships are the patient, eliminating the issue of resistance to any idea or interpretation introduced by the therapist. The patient realizes experientially connecting the present with the past by using the technique Float Backwards, can avoid the avoidance and other defenses. THE ART OF FLOATING FORWARD While technology enables Float Backwards often patients to see and feel the connection between the current problem and past events, the forward float technique allows the patient to identify and reprocess anticipatory anxiety and develop positive patterns the future. It is a method that can be used at any time of the therapeutic process to troubleshoot crashes, reluctance and in some cases, resistance or topics of ancillary benefits or losses. It is especially useful for working with the patient's fear to do EMDR. To put this into practice, first ask the patient to imagine the worst that can happen if you "X" (eg. Try a new behavior, test a new skill, start a new experience.) What's the worst that can happen if you EMDR? That's the worst that can happen if you solve this problem? What's the worst that can happen if you put your head limits on the amount of work expected to do? The patient may need help to identify the worst scene. Some suggestions include fear of losing control of his emotions, fear of losing control of their bodily functions such as bowel and bladder control, fear of having a panic attack and can not manage their emotional life between sessions. Once the patient has identified the incident, ask for the worst part of that scene and use it as the target of EMDR, setting up the protocol with the standard questions, but with a slight modification: ask for the image that represents the worst of worst incident, eg. "When you see a picture of him / herself by ......, it's the worst that can happen?" Then follow with the rest of the standard questions, ie, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD, and location of bodily sensation. Stimulate the processing of patients with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. If the development of the patient's worst scene provokes a rational fear, you may have to take practical steps to address these concerns. For example, using the technique of floating forward with a boy of 13 who was in a temporary foster home, the worst scene evoked for him was: "I will return home if this adoption is not." During processing, the LDS was reduced from 8 to 3 fairly quickly but it does not down. The patient said he did not go down because the "worst scene" could really happen and had happened in the past. Eye movements stopped, we chatted a while and developed a plan for: a) a meeting with her adoptive parents to discuss the permanence of the adoption and b) a conference call to his legal adviser to clarify your rights and options. Returning to the target after that, it was possible to reduce the LDS-1 with a few sets of eye movements. Using Floating Technique forward to reprocess the worst scenario, the patient has an opportunity to resolve the anticipatory anxiety. During the installation of the positive cognition, the patient is creating positive patterns for future action. A woman whose brother was verbally abusive to her children and now intimidated, put together a "worst stage" with: "It will be equally unfair when I see him next time." The patient had done much EMDR reprocessing childhood incidents related to verbal abuse of his brother. However, without a positive reference experiential, still anxious every time I interacted with him. Asking him to "float forward" and using EMDR on one of the worst scenes, relieved her anxiety about a family party that was pending. Installing a CP of "I'm stronger now allowed him to create an image of herself driving her brother with humor and feeling safe. To apply the techniques to float back and forth and deal well past, present and future, the EMDR therapist can heal your patient better. Moreover, techniques to float back and forth are based on EMDR. Both incorporate the standard protocol questions and give the therapist and the patient the opportunity to be managed more smoothly with this protocol.

Keywords: Floatback Technique Float Foward Technique

Accuracy Verified: Yes

147. Shapiro, E. (2009). Four elements exercise for stress management. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 73-79). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The rationale behind the creation of "The Four Elements Exercise for Stress Management" is to address the cumulative effect of external and internal triggers that occur over the course of the day. Since we know that people cope better with stress when they stay within their arousal "window of tolerance," ways to lower stress—especially when under stress—are essential. The heart of the exercise consists of four, brief, self-calming and self-control activities. The sequence of the four elements—Earth-Air-Water-Fire—is designed to follow the body up from the feet to the stomach and chest, to the throat and mouth, and up through the head. It begins with the ground to signify safety in the present reality and moves up to the imagination of recalled safety. By checking in with stress levels at random times throughout the day and also when stressful events are occurring, the exercise can aid in preventing the accumulation of stress and enables clients to stay within their window of tolerance. The modest goal is to reduce the stress level by 1 or 2 units each time the exercise is performed. The original conceptualization of the Four Elements Exercise was that the first three elements could be a preparation for the Safe Place (or other resource exercise such as the Resource Connection), especially when there is an ongoing emergency situation or when it is difficult to find a Safe Place. Often, the fourth element is introduced at the following meeting, as the first three elements are enough to remember and practice in the beginning for clients. Working on the Safe Place separately during the following session gives it more space and impact. It is advisable to follow up on how the client practiced the four elements at the beginning of the next session and to ask them to show you how they do it. If necessary, demonstrate it again at the beginning of the first few sessions. This is a way of checking for compliance and readiness for EMDR as well as present level of stress and sense of safety with you in the room. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Four Elements Exercise Protocol Stress Management

Accuracy Verified: Yes

148. van der Kolk, B. A. (2009, December). Frontiers of trauma treatment. Presentation at the 6th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The study of psychological trauma has been accompanied by an explosion of knowledge about how experience shapes the central nervous system and the formation of the self. We have learned that most experience is automatically processed on a subcortical level, i.e. by “unconscious” interpretations that take place outside of awareness. Insight and understanding have only a limited influence on the operation of theses subcortical processes. When addressing the problems of traumatized people who, in a myriad of ways, continue to react to current experience as a replay of the past, there is a need for therapeutic methods that do not depend exclusively on understanding and cognition. This workshop surveys current research on how people’s brains, minds and bodies respond to traumatic experiences, and will specifically address the use of affect modulation techniques, EMDR, yoga, theater, and neurofeedback in overcoming various aspects of the destabilization and disintegration caused by trauma. Educational Objectives 1) To describe three new approaches in the treatment of trauma. 2) To describe the differences between how ordinary memories are stored contrasted with the memory processing of traumatic experiences.

Keywords: Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

149. Allon, M. (2010, June). Group therapy of women raped in the Congo. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In 2008 i was invited to work and train professionals working with women who had been raped in the wars raging in the Congo. Seeing that there are tens of thousands of women who were raped, I decided to apply a group therapy model using EMDR The Power Point presentation will include videos of the work and the process that was used. In addition the statistical methods and findings of the work will be provided. The workshop will provide further information about the power of EMDR in group settings. The workshop will provide information about how to work with groups and when group work is not an appropriate method of therapy. The workshop will also teach what tools to use prior and post for assessing the results of group therapy. The workshop will also address the difficulties and methods of working with a population that does not know to read or write.

Keywords: Congo Group Therapy Rape Women

Accuracy Verified: Yes

150. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009). Healing the origins of trauma: An introduction to EMDR in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. In A. Rubin & D. W. Springer (Eds.) Treatment of traumatized adults and children - Clinician's guide to evidence-based practice series (pp. 349-418). New York, NY: Wiley.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
What if the brain had a similar mechanism for healing psychological injuries as the body does, just like a finger can heal a cut? Imagine tapping into that healing process in the brain and helping a child who witnessed her brother accidentally killed by a school bus, who then developed a school phobia, be able to return to school and eliminate her depression. What if you could help a foster child with a history of severe and chronic abuse, reduce his disruptive symptoms within a 9-month period so that he could stabilize and be adopted? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be used in psychotherapy to help children heal from stressful experiences of both traumatic and developmental origins. And, while EMDR is not a magic wand, it is remarkable in its efficiency in reducing or eliminating significant mental health symptoms and healing the origins of trauma. This chapter is written for clinicians who have had little or no exposure to the EMDR treatment methodology or for those who may have wondered what it is and how it works. The goal of this chapter is to summarize the use of EMDR with children with case presentations woven through the steps of the EMDR protocol. As a potential paradigm shift for child and adolescent therapists who have been trained in child development and play therapy, this chapter will not only explain why EMDR with children and adolescents makes sense, but why EMDR is the treatment of choice for many children presenting with symptoms of trauma. The experienced child therapist will also learn how child development, play therapy, and other child-focused therapies can be integrated to overall case conceptualization with the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Initially, this chapter provides a brief description of EMDR. While Chapter 5 covered EMDR with adult clients, this chapter will focus on translating the EMDR protocol into child language from a developmentally grounded perspective for use with child clients. Given that focus, this chapter will minimize coverage of generic EMDR content that was already covered in Chapter 5. However, some overlap is inescapable. For example, like Chapter 5, this chapter will address the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory that underlies the eight phases of the EMDR treatment protocol. This chapter also includes a brief theoretical overview of trauma and the impact on neurodevelopment as it guides psychotherapy. With a detailed explanation of the description, purpose, and concepts of each phase of the EMDR protocol, this chapter describes the clinical implications and procedural considerations for effectively using EMDR with children through each phase of the protocol. The chapter concludes with information for clinicians to learn how to get basic training in EMDR and advanced training in using EMDR with children. Integrated throughout this chapter are practical applications for successfully using EMDR in psychotherapy with children in order to heal the origins of trauma. With this introduction to EMDR, the reader should note that throughout this chapter, the terms client and child are often interchanged, and any reference to a child includes children and adolescents unless otherwise noted. Finally, the terms parent and caregiver refer to the child's primary caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adolescents Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

151. Treadway, D. C. (2008, September). The heart of loving: A new model of couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Treadway’s new model of organizing couples therapy helps the clients design their own treatment plan. This workshop will show how couples choose whether to work on making changes in the here and now, focus on healing from the wounds of their past, or work through their trauma history from their family FRIDAY of origin. Once couples choose whether to focus on the present or the past, this model then has a variety of additional choices for a couple to explore. Couples might decide to work on communications or behavior changes, problem solving or sexual intimacy. And since many of the couples’ issues stem from trauma in their respective childhoods or earlier in their relationship, Dr. Treadway will demonstrate how he explores the healing possibilities of utilizing EMDR adjunctively or independently. This workshop will particularly address ways couples can learn to be intimate and sexual, despite their inevitable tensions and trauma history. Participants will learn practical techniques and exercises for helping couples talk honestly about their sexual preferences and differences, be more playful with each other, and design their own solutions to sexual impasses. Dr. Treadway will also explore how couples can rekindle romance and bring spirituality into their erotic life together.

Keywords: Couples Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

152. Seubert, A. (2008, September). A heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disabilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR holds great promise as an effective and efficient trauma treatment for clients with mental disabilities, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment, where and how EMDR fits within this model, and what adaptations are required to meet the needs of these clients. A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities, supported by video clips, will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Participants will have the opportunity to address their own cases.

Keywords: Mental Disabilities

Accuracy Verified: Yes

153. Grey, E. (2009, August). Holistically stressed: A qualitative investigation of EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
To the researcher’s knowledge, there is no phenomenological knowledge of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) with a sub-clinical stressed population. The vast majority of EMDR research has focused on traumatized and clinical populations, leaving a significant gap in what the non-traumatized or sub-clinically stressed participants’ experience. Sub-clinical stress includes any level of stress that does not meet the DSM-IV-TR’s criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) or acute stress disorder (ASD). Additionally, a gap in the literature exists in giving a voice to the participants’ experience of EMDR treatment. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the lived experiences of body sensations, emotions, beliefs, and imagery during EMDR treatment of participants with sub-clinical stress. Participants fit into either a young adult (18-35), adult (36-49), or older adult (50-60) maturity category and did not meet the criteria for PTSD or ASD. The sample consisted of 12 participants, from a large metropolitan area in the Northeastern United States. The participants chief complaints included economic stress, relationship stressor, and critical self-talk. The researcher employed a qualitative phenomenological design to gather data in order to answer the research question: what are the lived experiences of sub-clinically stressed participants’ body sensations, beliefs, emotions, and memory imagery during EMDR treatment? The data was collected using the EMDRIA approved research treatment protocol. The researcher included the floatback technique in every reprocessing session to complying with the tenet of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. After installing a safe-place and five reprocessing sessions, the researcher administered a final interview asking questions about what the participants’ experienced in their body, thoughts, emotions, and memory images. All reprocessing session were completed when the participant indicated a SUDs of ‘0’ and a VOC of ‘7’. The data collected during every reprocessing session and the final interviews were analyzed using constant comparative techniques and open coding; verified with member check techniques. The results identify five thematic holistic experiences common in all participants. The themes of responsibility, safety, choices, power, and value emerged from the data. The findings indicate a participants’ lived experience may expand the cognitive themes described in the Adaptive Information Processing Model. The themes of responsibility, safety, power, and value were targeted and reprocessed as disturbing memories. The participants experienced these themes as feeling overly responsible, unsafe, valueless, and/or powerless. The holistic manifestation of the themes of choices emerged as the outcome towards a more adaptive perspective of the disturbing targeted memories. The results of this study further indicate that it may be beneficial to address all four maladaptive themes in mind and body for effective sub-clinical stress resolution. The findings inform scholarly and clinical understanding of the Adaptive Information Processing Model concepts of responsibility, safety, and choices. The findings of this study preliminarily expand the previously unknown holistic manifestation of these themes in sub-clinical participants’ lived sensory experiences. These themes are now in need of additional research to verify and validate the findings of this study.

Keywords: Poster Sub-Clinical Stress

Accuracy Verified: Yes

154. Rijkes, A., & Smeele, G. (2012, March). Hoofdzaken, EMDR behandeling van migraine en hoofdpijn [Basics, EMDR treatment of migraine and headache]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Naast een op de toepassing gerichte theoretische inleiding krijgt u meerdere demonstraties voorgeschoteld van de EMDR behandeling van migraine en hoofdpijn. Live en video. U kunt zich een eerste indruk vormen van methode, werkwijze en effectiviteit van de behandeling. Circa 15% van de mensheid heeft last van deze pijnsoort. Migraine komt bij vrouwen ongeveer driemaal zo vaak voor als bij mannen. De meeste medicijnen bieden geen oplossing op langere termijn, hebben bovendien als bijwerking hoofdpijnklachten. De Wereld Gezondheid Organisatie, WHO, heeft in 2011 aandacht gevraagd voor de ontwikkeling van nieuwe behandelmethoden, mede gelet het enorme productiviteitsverlies in de wereld. Werkgevers en Arbo-diensten hebben interesse in deze vorm van behandelen van werknemers. De geïntegreerde EMDR behandeling bestaat uit twee fasen; fase 1 is gericht op repressie: de behandeling van acute pijnklachten. Fase 2 is gericht op preventie: het voorkomen van pijnaanvallen in de toekomst. Cliënten hebben onmiddellijk baat bij de behandeling. Tijdens de workshop wordt tot slot informatie gegeven over de Nederlandse Special Interest Group (SIG) EMDR en Hoofdpijn.

Besides a theoretical introduction on the dedicated you presented several demonstrations of the EMDR treatment of migraine and headache. Live and video. You can first impression of method, process and effectiveness of treatment. Approximately 15% of humanity suffers from this kind of pain. Migraine affects women about three times as often as men. Most drugs do not address the longer term, also have as a side effect headaches. The World Health Organization, WHO, in 2011 has drawn attention to the development of new treatment methods, taking into account the enormous loss of productivity in the world. Employers and occupational health services are interested in this form of treatment of workers. The integrated EMDR treatment consists of two phases: Phase 1 focused on repression: the treatment of acute pain. Phase 2 focuses on prevention: prevention of pain attacks in the future. Clients benefit directly from the treatment. During the workshop, finally, information about the Dutch Special Interest Group (SIG) EMDR and Headache.

Keywords: Headaches Migraines

Accuracy Verified: Yes

155. Jacome, S. (2012, Novembro). Imagens associativas e EMDR [Associative images and EMDR]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Uma diferença entre uma técnica e um modelo é que o último dá ao terapeuta um quadro, uma abordagem de processo e planejamento do tratamento. A conceituação de casos em terapia EMDR permite que o paciente e o terapeuta para visualizar claramente o tratamento do roteiro. Irá abordar a conceituação dos casos e fazendo história em EMDR uso de imagens associativas ou metafórico para identificar os alvos a serem processados. Isso vai chamar a uma variedade de cartões com imagens conhecidas como cartas associativos OH, um novo resort na Europa, Canadá e Estados Unidos e fazem parte da psicoterapia. Estes grupos de letras foram criadas para promover a comunicação, o desenvolvimento, narrativa, criatividade e imaginação de adultos e crianças. Eles são ferramentas terapêuticas que podem ser utilizados na avaliação do tratamento e monitorização de pacientes com distúrbios emocionais. Esta ferramenta é usada para ativar esquemas disfuncionais, e incentivar a reflexão, e desinibição. Estimular a capacidade associativa e narrativo, evocativo estimulante, rico em memórias e imaginação. Associações letras ajudam-nos a exteriorizar nossas idéias e emoções de forma espontânea, fazendo-a emergir em nossa consciência. Daí o seu valor na abordagem EMDR. Também vai mostrar como desenvolver recursos de enfrentamento e imagens associativas usando EMDR e estado de ego como endereço usando imagens associativas. Este recurso pode ser aplicado a um indivíduo ou grupo de contexto.

One difference between a technical and a model is that the latter gives the therapist a framework, a process approach and treatment planning. The conceptualization of cases in EMDR therapy allows the patient and therapist to clearly visualize the treatment of the script. Will address the conceptualization of cases and making history in EMDR use of images or metaphorical associations to identify targets to be processed. This will draw a variety of cards with letters images known as associative OH, a new resort in Europe, Canada and the United States are part of psychotherapy. These groups of letters were created to promote communication, development, storytelling, creativity and imagination of adults and children. They are therapeutic tools that can be used in the evaluation and monitoring of treatment of patients with emotional disturbances. This tool is used to activate dysfunctional schemas, and encourage reflection, and disinhibition. Stimulating capacity and associative narrative, evocative stimulating, rich in memories and imagination. Associations letters help us to externalize our ideas and emotions spontaneously, causing it to emerge in our consciousness. Hence its value in the EMDR approach. Also will show how to develop coping resources and associative images using EMDR and ego state as address using associative images. This feature can be applied to an individual or group of context.

Keywords: Associative Images Images Metaphoric Associations Target Identification

Accuracy Verified: Yes

156. Maxwell, J. P. (2003, October). The imprint of childhood physical and emotional abuse: A case study on the use of EMDR to address anxiety and lack of self-esteem. Journal of Family Violence, 18(5), 281-293. doi:10.1023/A:1025165227590.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article examines the use of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) in helping a client address problems with persistent anxiety and a lack of self-esteem. During EMDR treatment, the client explored the dichotomous thinking that had plagued her since childhood, and correspondingly, the role of childhood physical and emotional abuse in her chronic feelings of inadequacy and anxiety. The client experienced significant improvement in her levels of anxiety and problems with self-esteem, both at the end of treatment and at 1-year follow up. Qualitative and quantitative data are utilized in this case study outlining the use of EMDR with a client diagnosed with dysthymic disorder.

Keywords: Adult Female Anxiety Child Abuse Childhood Physical Abuse Childhood Emotional Abuse Clinical Case Study Emotional Abuse Empirical Study Lack of Self-Esteem Patient History Self Esteem

Accuracy Verified: Yes

157. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. In Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of Resource Development & Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes (A. Leeds. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Consensus Model C-PTSD RDI Resource Development and Installation Treatment Criteria

Accuracy Verified: Yes

158. Nichols, L. M. (2012). Integrating complementary therapies with counseling: A qualitative study of practicing counselors' approaches to wellness. Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
There is a growing interest in the United States in complementary therapies (CT) to address the health needs and hopes of individuals. Research in the medical and allied health communities has reflected the expanding interest, however, the counseling profession has limited literature focusing on CT integration practices. The current study expands on existing research using a constructivist lens and grounded theory approach; a sample of 16 practicing counselors were interviewed to develop a theoretical model of CT integration in the counseling context. Scholarly literature has described CT and reasons for its use, which can be linked to counseling through professional identity, the wellness model, and ethical practice. The results of this study indicate that experience, beliefs, competence, and practice are primary factors in the integration of CT in counseling. Implications of the results on the counseling profession will be detailed in terms of practice, training, and future research.

Keywords: Complementary Therapies Counselor Approaches Qualitative Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

159. Knudsen, N. J. (2007). Integrating EMDR and Bowen Theory in treating chronic relationship dysfunction. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp.169-186). Hoboken,. xxxiii, 470 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The concept of Chronic Relationship Dysfunction was developed by the author to describe the experience of those who are unable to find and maintain a healthy relationship with a mate and who feel considerable related emotional distress. The types of experiences that people with this problem typically present in a clinical setting include the inability to make any meaningful contact with an appropriate partner and making a series of poor choices so that no relationship lasts. Clients seeking treatment for relationship problems can be effectively treated using a Bowen family systems perspective (Bowen, 1978; Kerr & Bowen, 1988) as the theoretical backdrop for understanding the bigger relational context. In addition, the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model (Shapiro, 2001) can be used to understand the physiological link between critical early life experiences and current dysfunction. Together these theories provide a cohesive theoretical base and integrative treatment approach for use with clients with chronic relationship dysfunction. The AIP model and the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) approach address current symptoms such as chronic relationship dysfunction by allowing the individual to reprocess the old material, thus integrating it with current information. The treatment model described here utilizes the basic structure of the EMDR protocol with the clinical application of Bowen Theory at certain key times. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Bowen Theory Chronic Relationship Dysfunction Cognitive Processes Family Systems Theory Interpersonal Relationships Models

Accuracy Verified: Yes

160. Munnukka-Dahlqvist, M. (2004, June). Integrating EMDR in psychotherapy treating complex trauma in a client with previous long-term psychotherapies. In complex traumatisation and EMDR (K. Linder, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The goal of this paper is to examine one therapy process in order to explore what resources EMDR treatment can provide to complex traumatized clients with previous long-term therapies. How important is the role of mind/body connection? How could it be best observed and taken into consideration when deciding on therapeutic choices during difference phases in psychotherapy? This case raises also the following questions: When it is best to use EMDR? How do the therapist and client know when the client is ready for EMDR? How can clients learn to feel, become aware of their own bodies, observe their body sensations and label these observations? What is the importance of these skills before using EMDR? How do EMDR protocols work in this context?
Case: This client had been severely traumatized in childhood and also in adult life. She came to EMDR treatment with own question: “Have I ever been able to feel anything?” She had been in different psychotherapies, but her body was not ready for EMDR and she could not regulate emotions. She had good ego strength. This presentation shows how the therapy process progressed and it includes a therorectical discussion.
It is possible to integrate different kinds of therapies. Previous “traditional talking therapies” can give to the client the necessary ego strength, boundaries and make it easier to build a therapeutic relationship. Since trauma-related syndromes split the mind and body, it is necessary to address what occurs in the body, just as it is equally necessary to use words to make sense of and describe an experience. E

Keywords: Complex Trauma Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

161. Heber, R., & Shapiro, S. (2002, June). Integrating EMDR with psychoanalytic constructs in dealing with open-ended trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recent acts of terrorism dictate re-examination of therapeutic srrategies when dealing wlth traumatic events without true closure and involving environmental stressors common to therapist and client. Thc participant will learn to 1) identify issues that arise open-ended and and shared events; 2) identify and address transference, counter-transference and subjective counter-transference; 3) the therapist's own triggers, responses, and needs for personal support; 4) utilize the client's narrative to identify past and current issues and client coping methods. Case illustrations will be included.

Keywords: Open-Ended Trauma Psychoanalytic Constructs

Accuracy Verified: Yes

162. Kiessling, R. (2005). Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice. In R. Shapiro, (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 57-87). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
As EMDR became more accepted within the psychotherapy community and more clinicians became trained, a greater number of clients with diagnoses other than PTSD were introduced to it. As a result, it became apparent that some of these more difficult, complex clients were not immediately ready for EMDR targeting and reprocessing. Many were either too unstable, had affect tolerance issues, or lacked the ego strengths to withstand the potential rigors of target desensitization. Others lacked needed coping skills, lacked the ability to recognize that they have the tools available to address their issues, or were fearful of addressing their traumatic experiences. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) strategies were developed and, over time, have been accepted within the EMDR community as valuable solutions for these challenging clients. [Text, p. 57]

Keywords: Life Experiences Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

163. Nutting, R. W. (2003, May). The integration of EMDR and body dialogue. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper details the Body Dialogue process and the EMDR protocol for its use and presents two case studies that demonstrate this integrative technique. Recent studies show that trauma can profoundly affect the body. Many symptoms felt by individuals who have experienced trauma appear to be somatically based. Imprinted memories from 'big T' traumas and 'little t' traumas appear to have their origins sometimes decades before the body 'remembers'. When triggered by a present stimulus, these imprinted body memories recur and the body relives the past trauma. Most methods of trauma counselling and therapy address only the cognitive and emotional components of trauma, lacking the techniques that work directly with the physiological components of past traumatic incidents. The Body Dialogue technique (Stone J, Stone H, Stone S) offers a way to explore the psychological significance of sensations such as pain, motor impulses, muscular tension, trembling, breathing and heart rate. Since such somatic disturbances contain emotional and cognitive components, this dialogue process is able to identify and explore the deep psychological issues surrounding these imprinted body sensations and muscular reactions. The Body Dialogue process is integrated into the EMDR protocol (Shapiro, 2002) when the individual is confronted with body sensations. Having identified the issues (traumas) surrounding these sensations using the dialogue technique, the EMDR protocol is resumed. This enables the processing of the original trauma to occur as well as the instillation of a positive belief. During the therapeutic process using these two therapies, the therapist never has to touch the client.

Keywords: Body Dialogue

Accuracy Verified: Yes

164. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be discussed. 1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized. Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation, assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals: - I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better. - If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure. - I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right. - I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything. Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc. 2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues: - fear/terror and associated avoidance - sense of powerlessnesshelplessness - responsibility/accountability - safety - self, others, environment - self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable - lack of individuation - dependency - anger - grief/mouming - trust/mistrust - fear of abandonment - guilt/self-blame - shame/self-loathing With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed. 3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and issues addressed via EMDR include: - Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development - Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive and vital self-image. The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

165. Jarero, I., & Uribe, S. (2012). Intervención temprana en salud mental en una situación de masacre humana: Fosas clandestinas en durango 2011 [Early mental health intervention in human slaughter situation: Mass graves in 2011 Durango]. Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 4(1).

Language: Spanish

Format: Other

Abstract: Resumen. La Comisión Nacional de los Derechos Humanos solicitó el apoyo de la Asociación Mexicana para Ayuda Mental en Crisis, con la solicitud de atender al personal forense de la Fiscalía General del Estado de Durango en México. Una sola sesión del Protocolo de EMDR para Incidentes Críticos Recientes fue brindada a 32 personas que estuvieron trabajando con 258 cuerpos recuperados de fosas clandestinas. Tanto los resultados estadísticos pre y post tratamiento, como el seguimiento que se hizo a los 3 y 5 meses, mostraron la mejoría de las personas atendidas y una significativa reducción en síntomas de estrés postraumático y de Trastorno por Estrés Postraumático (TEPT), a pesar de que continuaron realizando el trabajo de recuperación de cuerpos extraídos de las fosas clandestinas y estuvieron expuestos continuamente a terribles estresores emocionales. Los resultados estadísticos obtenidos sugieren que la intervención ayudó a prevenir el desarrollo del TEPT en su fase crónica y a incrementar la resiliencia psicológica y emocional. Nota: Este documento es una reseña de dos artículos publicados por Ignacio Jarero y Susana Uribe en el Journal of EMDR Practice and Research durante 2011 y 2012 titulados The EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Incidents: Application in a Human Massacre Situation y Follow-UP Report of an Application in a Human Massacre Situation.

Summary. The National Commission on Human Rights requested the support of the Mexican Association for Crisis Assistance Mental, with the request to address the forensic staff of the Attorney General of the State of Durango in Mexico. A single session of EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Incident was given to 32 people who were working with 258 bodies recovered from mass graves. Both statistical results before and after treatment, the monitoring was done at 3 and 5 months, showed the improvement of people served and significant reduction in symptoms of posttraumatic stress and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), despite they continued doing the work of recovery of bodies extracted from the mass graves and were continuously exposed to terrible emotional stressors. The statistical results obtained suggest that the intervention helped prevent the development of PTSD in its chronic phase and increase psychological and emotional resilience. Note: This document is a review of two articles published by Ignacio Uribe Jarero and Susanna in the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research in 2011 to 2012 graduates The EMDR Protocol for Critical Incidents Recent: Application in Human Massacre Situation and Follow-Up Report of an Application in a Human Situation Massacre.

Keywords: Durango Early Intervention Human Slaughter Mass Graves

Accuracy Verified: Yes

166. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2011, August). Intro to EMDR performance enhancement psychology: A twenty year update. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology can address clinical issues such as performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibitions, PTSD, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes; it can also be very useful with everyday non-pathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks and life transitions. Lendl and Foster initiated EMDR-PEP in 1991. This workshop will be a twenty year update to the introduction of EMDR-PEP. There will be a brief history of EMDR-PEP, research, AIP theory, and useful performance skills that therapists can integrate into their work with clients. The workshop will include lecture, role playing demo with group practice and, hopefully, time for questions.

Keywords: Performance Enhancement Update

Accuracy Verified: Yes

167. National Council on Disability (2009, March). Invisible wounds: Serving service members and veterans with PTSD and TBI. Author.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
More than 1.6 million American service members have deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan in Operation Iraqi Freedom (OIF) and Operation Enduring Freedom (OEF). As of December 2008, more than 4,000 troops have been killed and over 30,000 have returned from a combat zone with visible wounds and a range of permanent disabilities. In addition, an estimated 25-40 percent have less visible wounds--psychological and neurological injuries associated with post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) or traumatic brain injury (TBI), which have been dubbed "signature injuries" of the Iraq War. National Council on Disability (NCD) concurs with the recommendations of previous Commissions, Task Forces and national organizations that: (1) A comprehensive continuum of care for mental disorders, including PTSD, and for TBI should be readily accessible by all service members and veterans. This requires adequate staffing and adequate funding of Veterans Administration (VA) and Department of Defense (DoD) health systems; (2) Mechanisms for screening service members for PTSD and TBI should be continuously improved to include baseline testing for all Service Members pre-deployment and follow up testing for individuals that are placed in situations where head trauma may occur; and (3) The current array of mental health and substance abuse services covered by TRICARE should be expanded and brought in line with other similar health plans. As this report indicates, the medical and scientific knowledge needed to comprehensively address PTSD and TBI is incomplete. However, many evidence-based practices do exist. Unfortunately, service members and veterans face a number of barriers in accessing these practices including stigma; inadequate information; insufficient services to support families; limited access to available services, and a shortage of services in some areas. Many studies and commissions have presented detailed recommendations to address these needs. There is an urgent need to implement these recommendations. (Contains 4 exhibits.)

Keywords: Afghanistan Iraq Military Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD TBI Traumatic Brain Injury Veterans

Accuracy Verified: Yes

168. Bériault, M., Larivee, S., & Gregoire, P. A. (2006). L'EMDR est-elle une intervention efficace pour traiter l'état de stress post-traumatique? [Is EMDR an effective treatment for PTSD?]. In S. Guay & A. Marchand (Eds.), Les troubles liés aux événements traumatiques: dépistage, évaluation et traitements (pp. 215-242). Montréal: Presses de l'Université de Montréal.

Language: French

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Certains chercheurs considèrent que l'EMDR pour représenter une ouverture importante dans le traitement du SSPT et d'autres y voient davantage une approche basée sur la pseudo-science. Ce chapitre décrit l'EMDR en tant que méthode thérapeutique et le modèle théorique sous-jacent, puis présente des preuves empiriques quant à son efficacité dans le traitement du SSPT. [Texte, p. 217] [Pilotes]

Some researchers consider EMDR to represent an important opening in the treatment of PTSD while others see it more as an approach based on pseudo-science. This chapter describes EMDR as a therapeutic method and the theoretical model underlying it, then presents empirical evidence concerning its effectiveness in treating PTSD. [Text, p. 217] [Pilots]

Keywords: Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

169. Navas-Torrejano, D. S. (2011, Enereo-Junio). La desensibilización y reprocesamiento del movimiento (EMDR): El tratamiento para el trastorno de estrés postraumático [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder]. Revista Ciencias Biomédicas, 2(1), 158-162.

Language: Spanish

Format: Journal

Abstract:
El trastorno de estrés postraumático está clasificado como uno de los trastornos deansiedad dado como una respuesta patológica a un evento estresante que supone unriesgo físico o psicológico. Corresponde a un problema de salud pública que causagran incapacidad y dificultades en el desarrollo biopsicosocial de la persona afectada.Actualmente se llevan a cabo diferentes métodos terapéuticos para el tratamiento dedicha patología, dentro de las mas estudiadas y con amplios resultados positivos seencuentra la terapia de reprocesamiento llamada Desensibilización y Reprocesamientopor medio de Movimiento Ocular (EMDR por sus siglas en inglés) basado en estimulaciónbilateral ocular, principalmente, que otorga al paciente la oportunidad de asimilar elevento traumático transformando su contenido emocional y brindando adaptación eintegración de la información y equilibrio físico y psicológico con respuestas adaptativasque permite el desarrollo e interacción normal con el entorno. Con la Técnica EMDR paraenfrentar el trastorno de estrés postraumatico, se alcanza que si bien el recuerdo está,ya no hiere.

Posttraumatic stress disorder is classified as an anxiety disorder characterized for apathological response to a stressful event that involves a physical or psychological risk.It is a public health problem that causes great disability and difficulties in biopsychosocialdevelopment of the patient. Currently, there are different therapeutic methods fortreating this disease; the most studied one with positive results is “eye movementdesensitization and reprocessing” (EMDR) based on bilateral visual stimulation, whichgives the patient an opportunity to assimilate the traumatic event, transforming itsemotional content and providing adaptation and integration of information and physicaland psychological balance with adaptive responses allowing normal development andinteraction with the environment. With EMDR to address post-traumatic stress disorderthe memory is there, but it does not hurt.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

170. Silver, S. M., & Rogers, S. (2002). Light in the heart of darkness: EMDR and the treatment of war and terrorism survivors (1st ed.). New York: Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Notes that the effects of war and terrorism can be long-lasting and discreet, emerging years later in different forms of psychological and physical strain in the body. In this work, the authors uncover how developments in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) can be successfully applied to the treatment of war and terrorism trauma. They address issues confronted by all clinicians attempting to respond to this particular type of trauma--the psychological aftermath of man's inhumanity to man. The authors focus on the application of EMDR to clients' traumatic experiences, covering a wide range of traumatic settings and survivors from school violence to "near-war" experiences, refugees, combat soldiers, children, and emergency service workers. They provide a review of the research on the use of EMDR, specific case studies to demonstrate their results as well as general suggestions for integrating EMDR into the therapeutic process. It is stated that this book can be used as a general reference for all practitioners looking to broaden their understanding and care of trauma patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Psychotherapeutic Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Terrorism Veterans War

Accuracy Verified: Yes

171. van der Kolk, B., Korn, D., Weir, J., & Rozelle, D. (2004, September). Looking beyond the data: Clinical lessons learned from an EMDR treatment outcome study. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
'Bridging the gap between research and clinical practice" is a euphemism frequently evoked and rarely accomplished The aim of this workshop is to present and discuss lessons learned during a four-year treatment outcome study that compared EMDR to Prozac and control conditions, looking beyond the data toward clinical implications and issues of effectiveness versus efficacy. Using a combination of lecture, handouts and videotapes the presenters will address issues around predictors of positive and negative treatment response including comorbid diagnosis, age of trauma onset, and treatment condition. Case conceptualization, selection and sequencing of targets in treatment planning, the role of therapeutic relationship, and using EMDR as a brief treatment intervention will also be explored.

Keywords: Treatment Outcome Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

172. Imbroinise, F. (2008, Novembre). L’EMDR come mezzo di anamnesi e mezzo terapeutico nel servizio socio-psicologico nel reparto di pediatria di un ospedale [EMDR as a means of medical history and therapeutic tool in the service of socio-psychological in the pediatric ward of a hospital]. Poster presentato alApplicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Nel corso dell'anno 2007 sono affluiti al servizio socio-psicologico 652 bambini. Il metodo EMDR è stato utilizzato come mezzo per tracciare il vissuto del paziente, nonché come metodologia di intervento per tutte le patologie ed i disturbi che i pazienti portavano. Sono stati trattati con l’EMDR sia i pazienti interni al reparto e sia quelli esterni inviati dai medici pediatri presenti sul territorio. Il nostro protocollo prevede un’anamnesi dettagliata fatta insieme ad entrambi i genitori o tutori se il bambino è molto piccolo o con il bambino/ragazzo stesso se egli è capace di fornire le informazioni desiderate. Ciò si effettua poiché si i è convinti che il tracciato del vissuto con il metodo EMDR è una opportunità unica per la famiglia in quanto dà la possibilità di analizzare la vita familiare e le sue dinamiche nei minimi particolari e di prendere in considerazione i suoi modelli relazionali e affettivi dei quali non si è sempre coscienti. Successivamente se si considera utile o necessario , si stila un programma terapeutico in cui l’EMDR viene presentato come metodo di trattamento per affrontare e risolvere le condizioni patologiche o di disagio che si presentano. Questo approccio terapeutico si ritiene utile in quanto facilita la risoluzione sintomatologica e sviluppa una più consapevole visione delle dinamiche della propria famiglia. Un ulteriore effetto è quello di promuovere un maggiore benessere psicosociale per il paziente, fornendo un nuovo significato ai disordini somatici, ed aiutare la famiglia a comprendere e gestire in una maniera più funzionale i problemi del proprio figlio. Questo poster descrive tutte le fasi dell’intervento ed le patologie trattate nella nostro servizio con l’ utilizzo del metodo EMDR.

During the year 2007 has been injected into the socio-psychological service 652 children. The EMDR method has been used as a means to track the experiences of the patient, as well as methods of intervention for all diseases and disorders that patients wore. Were treated with EMDR both inpatients and those outside the department and sent by pediatricians in the area. Our protocol provides a detailed history taken together with both parents or guardians if the child is very small or the baby / child himself if he is able to provide the desired information. This is done because it is convinced that the path of living with the EMDR method is a unique opportunity for the family because it gives the possibility to analyze the family and its dynamics in detail and consider its relationship models affective and which has not always conscious. Then if we consider useful or necessary, draw up a treatment program in which EMDR is presented as a method of treatment to address and resolve the pathological condition or discomfort that occur. This therapeutic approach is considered useful because it facilitates the resolution of symptoms and develop a more informed view of the dynamics of their family. Another effect is to promote greater psychosocial well-being for the patient, giving new meaning to somatic disorders, and help the family understand and manage in a more functional problems of their child. This poster describes all phases of the disease and treated in our service 's use of the EMDR method.

Keywords: Children Pediatric Ward Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

173. Egli-Bernd, H. (2009, October). MDR bei dissoziativen prozessen im rahmen von persönlichkeitsstörungen ; Zur Bedeutung der kognitionen im EMDR-prozess, Das „Dialog-Protokoll“ [EMDR in dissociative processes within the framework of Personality Disorders; On the importance of cognitions in EMDR process, The "dialogue protocol"] . EMDR Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 19, 20-34.

Language: German

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Spezifische Schwierigkeiten bei einer Gruppe von KlientInnen mit Persönlichkeitsstörungen bei der Wahl adäquater Kognitionen erfordern eine theoretische Auseinandersetzung mit der psychodynamischen Bedeutung der Kognitionen im EMDR-Protokoll. Die biographische Gemeinsamkeit dieser Patientengruppe ist der emotional-narzisstische Missbrauch in der Kindheit sowie Vernachlässigung durch primäre Bindungs- und Beziehungspersonen. Diese Lebenserfahrungen haben zur Folge, dass durch eine subtile Dissoziation (kindliche) Selbstteile entstehen, die emotional und kognitiv auf dasjenige Selbstbild fixiert sind, welches von den Bindungs- und Beziehungspartnern definiert und vom Kind verinnerlicht wurde. Das Ziel der Bearbeitung mit der EMDR-Methode ist in diesen Fällen nicht primär das anvisierte Ereignis, sondern dessen komplexe emotionale und kognitive Bedeutung für die Selbstwahrnehmung und -bewertung. Im vorliegenden Artikel wird vorgeschlagen, bei der EMDR-Bearbeitung dieser spezifischen Foki während der Bewertungsphase 3 sich der subtilen dissoziativen Struktur bewusst zu sein und sich ihrer, falls nötig, explizit zu bedienen. Dies geschieht durch die Fokussierung auf die gleichzeitige „Aktivierung“ zweier neuronaler Netzwerke (Selbstteile,) nämlich des „betroffenen (kindlichen) Selbst“ (Traumanetzwerk) und des erwachsenen „Gegenwarts-Selbst“ (Alltagsnetzwerk). Die Formulierung des schlimmsten Momentes (Bild), der Negativen Kognition sowie Affekt und Körperlokalisierung obliegen dem „betroffenen Selbst“, welches das zu bearbeitende verzerrte Selbstbild verinnerlicht hat. Die Positive Kognition hingegen soll vom „Gegenwarts-Selbst“ als eine dialogische, alternative Sichtweise aus der Gegenwartsperspektive formuliert und in den EMDR Prozess als direkte Anrede in der 2.Person Einzahl eingebracht werde n („du bist…“ etc.)

Specific difficulties in a group of clients with personality disorders in the choice of adequate cognition require a theoretical discussion of the psychodynamic significance of cognitions in EMDR protocol. The biography of this common group of patients is the emotional and narcissistic childhood abuse and neglect through primary attachment and relationship people. These life experiences have the effect that, due to a subtle dissociation (childish) Auto Parts, which are fixed to that of emotional and cognitive self-image, which was defined by the attachment and relationship partners and internalized by the child. The goal of treatment with the EMDR method in these cases is not primarily the targeted event, but the complex emotional and cognitive meaning for the self-perception and assessment. In this article it is proposed to be in the EMDR treatment of these specific foci during the evaluation phase 3 is aware of the subtle dissociative structure of her, if necessary, to use explicitly. This is done by focusing on the simultaneous "activation" of two neural networks (auto parts,) namely, the "concerned (children's) self" (Trauma Network) and the adult "present-self '(everyday network). The wording of the worst moment (picture), the negative cognition and affect and body localization is responsible for the "self-interested", which has internalized the distorted self-image to be processed. The positive cognition on the other hand will be the "present-self," formulated as a dialogical, alternative view from the present perspective, and placed in the EMDR process as a direct address to the 2nd person singular ("you are ..." etc.).

Keywords: Cognitions Dialogue Protcol Dissociation Personality Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

174. Schmidt, S. J. (2001, December). Meeting needs with a resource sandwich. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 28-31.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This article proposes an intervention for helping address and meet clients’ unmet childhood needs for any and all developmental stages. It starts with helping the client assimilate two resources, a pre-traumatized self (PTS) and a competent adult self (CAS).

Keywords: Resource-Focused EMDR

Accuracy Verified: Yes

175. Fisher, J. A. (2003, September). Minding the body: Integrating EMDR and somatic psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The need to address subcortical components of PTSD is critical to trauma work, especially with clients who cannot modulate arousal, tolerate positive affect, or maintain mindful states. With such clients, the use of Sensorimotor Psychotherapy in conjunction with EMDR can enhance the effectiveness of both treatments. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy techniques can be utilized to increase affect and autonomic tolerance, to embody EMDR-acquired resources, and to increase the effectiveness of EMDR processing by facilitating an optimal level of arousal. This workshop will introduce participants to Sensorimotor Psychotherapy and describe the integrated use of both modalities to enhance trauma processing.

Keywords: Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Somatic Psychotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

176. Korn, D., & Laliotis, D. (2012, October). Moment-to-moment decision-making: Broadening the possibilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
When working with attachment trauma, it is more than reprocessing the negative experience; it’s about making the necessary repairs that address the deficits in the client’s development. So, how do you decide when to offer a cognitive interweave to facilitate the client’s processing and when to simply stay out of the way? In this workshop, you will see the work of two esteemed teachers as they guide you through one another’s sessions, moment by moment, taking what is subtle and intuitive and making it explicit and understandable. You will learn how a comprehensive case conceptualization informs decision-making and broadens the possibilities for profound and shared transformation.

Keywords: Attachment Trauma Decision-Making

Accuracy Verified: Yes

177. Carlson, B. E. (2005, January). The most important things learned about violence and trauma in the past 20 years. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20(1), 119-126. doi:10.1177/0886260504268603 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In the past 2 decades, important insights have been gained regarding violence and trauma. Complications occur in how violence and trauma, their causes, and their effects on victims should be defined. Violence and abuse to women -- physical, sexual, and emotional -- are not rare events and are most often perpetrated by partners or acquaintances rather than strangers and occur in nonmarital as well as marital relationships, including same-sex relationships. A promising methodological innovation in the study of violence and trauma is the use of longitudinal designs. Innovations in treatments for victims such as evidence-based interventions have been slow to emerge; they include eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and the Seeking Safety group intervention for drug-abusing women with trauma histories. Future research should address increased understanding of variation in individual responses to violence and trauma, matching of treatment to different types of male offenders, better understanding of how culture affects violence perpetration and victimization, and evaluation of domestic violence interventions. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Commentary Empirical Study Longitudinal Study Review Scientific Research Spouse Abuse Survivors Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

178. Bradley, R., Greene, J., Russ, E., Dutra, L., & Westen, D. (2005, February). A multidimensional meta-analysis of psychotherapy for PTSD. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162(2), 214-227. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.162.2.214.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Objective: The authors present a multidimensional meta-analysis of studies published between 1980 and 2003 on psychotherapy for PTSD. Method: Data on variables not previously meta-analyzed such as inclusion and exclusion criteria and rates, recovery and improvement rates, and follow-up data were examined. Results: Results suggest that psychotherapy for PTSD leads to a large initial improvement from baseline. More than half of patients who complete treatment with various forms of cognitive behavior therapy or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing improve. Reporting of metrics other than effect size provides a somewhat more nuanced account of outcome and generalizability. Conclusions: The majority of patients treated with psychotherapy for PTSD in randomized trials recover or improve, rendering these approaches some of the most effective psychosocial treatments devised to date. Several caveats, however, are important in applying these findings to patients treated in the community. Exclusion criteria and failure to address polysymptomatic presentations render generalizability to the population of PTSD patients indeterminate. The majority of patients posttreatment continue to have substantial residual symptoms, and follow-up data beyond very brief intervals have been largely absent. Future research intended to generalize to patients in practice should avoid exclusion criteria other than those a sensible clinician would impose in practice (e.g., schizophrenia), should avoid wait-list and other relatively inert control conditions, and should follow patients through at least 2 years. [Author Abstract]
Erratum in American Journal of Psychiatry 2005, Apr, 162(4), 832 and 2006, Feb, 163(2), 330

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Meta Analysis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy PTSD Treatment Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

179. Becker-Fritz, T., Donovan, L., Heiman, M., Packwood, S., Peterson, G., Peck, B., & Huss, B. (2005, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population. Open forum at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population as well as focus on clinical issues that can be treated effectively with EMDR. It can feel overwhleming for the clinican to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing, or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating children and adolescents. The first topic will address how the EMDR protocol may need to be adjusted to accommodate the needs or limitations for children and adolescents. The second topic will focus on what specific developmental considerations need to be considered when using EMDR with attachment disorders as well as identifying guidelines and strategies for including the family in the EMDR process with this population. The final topic will address 2 commonly seen diagnoses of AD/HD and anxiety addressing the possible negative cognitions, resource installations, and cognitive interweaves that can be used when treating children or adolescents with EMDR to resolve the trauma issues when having these disorders. The members of the panel are current chairs of the EMDRIA Chld/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience.

Keywords: Adolescents ADHD Anxiety Attachment Disorders Children Attention Deficit Hyperacitivty Disorder Developmental Considerations Open Forum

Accuracy Verified: Yes

180. Becker-Fritz, T., Donovan, L., Heiman, M., Waldon, A., Peck, B., Siegel, M., & Packwood, S. (2007, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population. Open forum (Moderator, T. Becker-Fritz) presented at the annual EMDRIA Conference, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population, as well as focus on clinical issues that can be treated effectively with EMDR. It can feel overwhelming for the clinician to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating children and adolescents. The first topic will address identifying the challenges that children and adolescents present and understand adjustments in the EMDR protocol to accommodate the needs or limitations. The second topic will demonstrate how and when a structured format can facilitate effective EMDR treatment with children. The final topic will identify the challenges of using standard EMDR protocols with adolescents and special issues to consider when preparing them. The members of the panel are the current and immediate past chairs of the EMDRIA Child/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience. The program will be moderated by the Executive Chair, encouraging audience participation throughout the 3 hour program.

Keywords: Adolescents Children Open Forum

Accuracy Verified: Yes

181. Keenan, P. S. (2004, September). Outcome of CBT with adults; The treatment of non-psychotic morbid jealousy using EMDR and cognitive interweave. Poster presented at the 34th annual Conference of the European Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Therapies, University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology(UMIST), Manchester, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Jealousy is an unwelcome emotion, which most people will have experienced at sometime in their lives. In its mildest form it may be seen as an expression of devotion, however, for some people it can become obsessive and destructive (Mullen, 1990) The possible consequences of this very serious condition can result in suspician, violence and the complete breakdown of a relationship. This study highlights the case of a man with a long standing history of jealousy towards his partner. Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) would suggest that jealousy was maintained by a person's erroneous assumptions about sexual behaviour and attractiveness of their partner, as well as pervasive negative schemas of self-worth. Any consideration for treatment therefore, needed to address both these areas. The treatment intervention of Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) utilising cognitive interweave was used to reduce the intensity of the emotionof jealous reactions. Results showed a marked reduction in the intensity of the emotion of jealousy, which lead to a reduction in the client's challenging and checking behaviours towards his partner. Results also indicate a clear reduction in the client's erroneous automatic negative and jelous thoughts. What is unclear is whether it was the EMDR therapy itself, or a combination of EMDR and other cognitive behavoural therapy interventions that brought about these reducitons in symptomatology. Acknowledging the limitations of generalising from single case designs, consideration will be given to the need for further investigation and research in to the application of EMDR with this client group.

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behaviorial Therapy Cognitive Interweave Morbid Jealousy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

182. Nickeson, C. (2000, September). Panic disorder and EMDR: A primer for getting started with this population. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will 1) be presented with the cognitive behavioral explanation of the dynamics of panic and agorphobia; 2) learn how to teach clients the basic skills they need in order to master their emotional reactions; and 3) learn how to use EMDR in each stage of treatment, that is, to address old memories and past incidents, current triggers, and to do future template work.

Keywords: Agoraphobia Panic Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

183. Foster, S. (2002). Peak Performance – Parts 1- 4. EMDR Institute Listserv.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Soon after I completed Level II, Ibegan to wonder if EMDR could be useld to address issues other than trauma, depression and phobias. In the early days of the EMDR Network, Francine suggested that special interest groups be formed. I founded the Peak Performance Special Interest Group (SIG) in December of 1990. Several newly trained practitioners attended the first SIG meeting and were intrigued by the questions, "Could EMDR be used to alleviate performance anxiety?" and "Could a high functioning person's sense of well-being and happiness be enhanced with EMDR?"

Keywords: Peak Performance

Accuracy Verified: Yes

184. Laliotis, D. (2011, August). Plateaus of responsibility, safety, and choices: Case conceptualization and treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is for EMDR clinicians seeking to deepen their understanding of EMDR case conceptualization and treatment planning incorporating the informational plateaus of Responsibility, Safety and Choices. These informational plateaus are being presented as developmental plateaus, where deficits in the memory network exist due to a lack of earlier positive experiences to master developmental tasks. Participants will be able to: develop a working definition of each of the plateaus that informs target memory selection and negative beliefs; develop a treatment plan distinguishing between primary and secondary issues; identify and implement present triggers and future template scenarios that address developmental deficits and skills.

Keywords: Choice Responsibility Safety

Accuracy Verified: Yes

185. Daniel, J. (2000). Play therapy and EMDR. The Children’s Group Association Newsletter. Retrieved from http://www.cgta.net/newsletters/play_therapy.html November 16, 2011.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Children vary greatly in their ability to tolerate focusing on “the problem.” The wise EMDR therapist has various ways of approaching a traumatic memory or a current day problem to fit the tolerance level of the client. EMDR and the process of bilateral stimulation to address problematic material is one method of speeding up therapeutic work with children. However, when using bilateral stimulation with children I am simultaneously using my training as a family systems therapist, and the various play therapy strategies that were the backbone of my work with children before I learned EMDR or other alternative therapies. In a way, EMDR and the sand tray saved my professional life. In my first year of practice after my family therapy post-graduate training, I got a job at a family therapy clinic in Louisville, Kentucky. I was assigned to handle all referrals that came to the agency through a Victim Assistance grant. All of these were cases in which a child had been victim of some crime, and the majority were victims of abuse from some one other than a family member. You can imagine the population. Families who had found that a neighbor or teacher had abused their child were common. Both child and family were traumatized. My family therapy skills were good. But in addition to them I needed two things: a better way for children to communicate their feelings and a way to help both adults and children reduce the intensity of emotions around the trauma they had been through. Just (Continued from page 1) when I was beginning to feel that I was not up to the job, I learned EMDR. With this wonderful knowledge, I found I could help both children and adults move beyond the trauma and regain their grasp on the present moment, their strengths and their security. A deepening understanding of play therapy provided the additional communication tools I needed. Since Then I have never looked back, and find that our field is continually generating new perspectives and more efficient tools for us to use.

Keywords: Children Play Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

186. Nijdam, M., Olff, M., & Gersons, B. (2006, November). Posttraumatic growth and posttraumatic cognitions in response to trauma-focused psychotherapy. Poster presented at the 22nd annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies Fall Conference, Hollywood, CA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In clinical research it is important to address both vulnerabilities and positive processes that occur in response to traumatic stress. Therefore, we chose the concepts of posttraumatic growth and posttraumatic cognitions to examine how these reactions change in The Psychobiology of Trauma and Resilience 206 www.istss.org Poster Presentations – Session 3 International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies 22nd Annual Meeting A C R O S S Tuesday Poster Presentations response to trauma-focused psychotherapy. In this presentation, preliminary data from a randomized controlled trial comparing Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy (n = 70) and Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy (BEP; n = 70) are presented. Participants were patients of the Outpatient Psychiatry Clinic of the Academic Medical Center / De Meren who had a diagnosis of PTSD following various kinds of type I trauma. Posttraumatic growth was assessed with the Posttraumatic Growth Inventory, whereas posttraumatic cognitions were examined by use of the Posttraumatic Cognitions Inventory. Both measures were administered at pre- and postassessment to determine whether these concepts change after EMDR and/or BEP. Changes in and relationships between these variables are presented and future directions for research arising from the findings are discussed.

Keywords: Cognitions Poster Posttraumatic Growth Inventory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

187. Kennedy, J. E., Jaffee, M. S., Leskin, G. A., Stokes, J. W., Leal, F. O., & Fitzpatrick, P. J. (2007). Posttraumatic stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder-like symptoms and mild traumatic brain injury. Journal of Rehabilitation Research and Development, 44(7), 895-920. doi:10.1682/JRRD.2006.12.0166.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In this article, we review the literature on posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and PTSD-like symptoms that can occur along with mild traumatic brain injury (TBI) and concussion, with specific reference to concussive injuries in the military. We address four major areas: (1) clinical aspects of TBI and PTSD, including diagnostic criteria, incidence, predictive factors, and course; (2) biological interface between PTSD and TBI; (3) comorbidity between PTSD and other mental disorders that can occur after mild TBI; and (4) current treatments for PTSD, with specific considerations related to treatment for patients with mild TBI or concussive injuries.

Keywords: Biological Factors Blast Concussion Clinical Course Comorbidity Concussion Incidence Mild Traumatic Brain Injury Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Rehabilitation TBI Traumatic Brain Injury Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

188. Aasen, B. (2010, July). Practical work with dissociated parts with EMDR. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
When working with complex trauma, where there is secondary or tertiary or dissociation, the EMDR therapist must be cautious or emotional parts that are overwhelming to the client can be evoked. Care must be taken to provide sufficient assessment and stabilization and knowledge of the personality system or there is the risk of opening Pandora’s box and overwhelming the client. However, there are ways to safely work with emotional parts of the personality. If the ANP is able to stay present, the client has sufficient emotional stabilization and strategies to lower emotional arousal, then integration can place. This workshop will provide guidelines on assessment and stabilization, and then discuss strategies to work with EPs. Video tapes of client sessions will illustrate teaching points.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

189. Rothbaum, B. (2008, November). Predictors of treatment response for EMDR and prolonged exposure. Symposium/panel conducted at the 24th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recent developments in PTSD treatment outcome research: Although cognitive behavior therapy is the treatment of choice for PTSD, there is a need to develop more effective treatments and to determine factors that influence treatment response. This symposium presents four studies that address treatment outcome research. The initial paper provides an overview of treatment predictors from two trials of cognitive processing therapy. The second paper reviews the differential responses to treatment of survivors of terrorist attacks and motor vehicle accidents. The third paper reviews predictors of outcome following EMDR and Prolonged Exposure. The fourth paper overviews a series of studies that have used structural and functional fMRI to identify the neural factors that predict response to CBT and also the impact of CBT on neural functioning.

Predictors of treatment response for EMDR and prolonged exposure: Predictors for response to treatment in a controlled study aimed to evaluate the relative efficacy of Prolonged Exposure (PE) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) compared to a no-treatment wait-list control (WAIT) in the treatment of PTSD in adult female rape victims were examined. In this study, 74 participants with PTSD were randomly assigned to one of the three experimental conditions to achieve 20 completers per group. Independent Assessors blind to the treatment condition administered standard measures of PTSD and related symptoms. Improvement in PTSD, depression, dissociation, and state anxiety was significantly greater in both PE and EMDR group than the WAIT group. PE and EMDR did not differ significantly for change from baseline to either post-treatment or 6-month follow up measurement for any quantitative scale. EMDR subjects with 2 or more comorbid diagnoses, however, improved significantly less than all other active treatment subjects. At post-treatment and 6- months, 95% and 94% of PE subjects and 75% and 74% EMDR subjects no longer met DSM-IV PTSD criteria, respectively. At the 6-month follow-up assessment, 78% of those who received PE and 35% of those who received EMDR met criteria for good end state functioning (p=.017).

Keywords: Panel Prolonged Exposure Symposium Treatment Response Predictors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

190. Chasse, B. L., & Miller, J. (2013, May). Preventing PTSD through early EMDR intervention. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop was developed to provide training in Early EMDR Intervention (EEI) for EMDR clinicians to learn preemptive forms of EMDR to be used to prevent PTSD. The science behind early psychological intervention after a trauma/disaster and justification for modifying treatment procedures to address the recent traumatic events will be discussed. Also, included will be a review of the existing EEI Protocols, appropriate timelines in which to utilize these protocols, quick assessments of appropriateness for EMDR trauma processing, rapid resourcing, and development of a target sequencing plan/case conceptualization that is appropriate for Early EMDR intervention. Learning Objectives: • Define and use key concepts regarding the neurobiology of trauma and how early intervention can reduce the chances of developing debilitating symptoms and disorders • Enumerate and describe at least six Early EMDR intervention/protocols and learn the history, appropriate usage and research on these Early EMDR Interventions (EEI) • Apply strategies to expedite the history-gathering process, assess client readiness, conceptualize a case and develop a clinical treatment plan as well as strategies for adequate preparation for processing • Learn and practice several rapid resourcing, grounding and stabilizing techniques for use before, during and after Brief Trauma Processing • Learn/review and practice the Recent Event Protocol (Shapiro 2001)

Keywords: Brief Trauma Processing Early EMDR Interventions Recent Event Protocol Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

191. Matthess, H. (2007, June). Profits from the benefit of structural dissociation on the application with EMDR for complex-traumatized clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with chronic and complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) caused by severe traumata in childhood, are often still treated inadequately, especially when they developed additional dissociative symptoms or a Dissociative Disorder. There is a current consensus about the need tomodify the EMDR standard protocol in the treatment of complex traumatized and dissociative clients. From the theoretical background of structural dissociation theory and Janet’s system of action systems, the therapist has not only to recognize clients’ deficits but also to address action tendencies in the client’s inner system that could ameliorate coping strategies in solving problems in daily life. With the help of bilateral stimulation, blending of parts of the personality containing different information can be promoted often resulting in remarkable changes in the behavior and resource activation. The main principles that need to be regarded treating complex and dissociative clients with bilateral stimulation will be explained and basic rules for treatment plans including the use of EMDR will be developed. English subtitled video examples demonstrate the proposed modification of the EMDR standard protocol and will be discussed in detail. I will present shortly recent research findings on autonomic nervous system alterations during EMDR. These results help to define special working mechanisms of our modified EMDR protocol in clients with dissociative disorders.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

192. Shapiro, F. (2009, May). Promising JEMDRA's future. EMDR研究1（1）、6-7 [Japanese Journal of EMDR Research and Practice, 1(1), 6-7].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
It is my great pleasure to acknowledge the Japan EMDR Association for its long-standing dedication to rigorous clinical and scientific practices. From the initial use of EMDR in Japan to address the effects of natural disaster to the current publication of the Japanese Journal of EMDR Research & Practice, it is clear that the primary goal of the therapy's dissemination has been the alleviation of human suffering.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

193. Brewin, C. R., Scragg, P., Robertson, M., Thompson, M., D'Ardenne, P., & Ehlers, A. (2008, February). Promoting mental health following the London bombings: A screen and treat approach. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 21(1), 3-8.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Following the 2005 London bombings, a novel public health program was instituted to address the mental health needs of survivors. In this article, the authors describe the rationale for the program, characteristics of individuals assessed within the program, and preliminary outcome data. In addition to validated screening instruments and routine service usage data, standardized questionnaire outcome measures were collected. 71% of individuals screened positive for a mental disorder. Of those receiving a more detailed clinical assessment, PTSD was the predominant diagnosis. Preliminary outcome data on 82 patients revealed large effect sizes for treatment comparable to those previously obtained in randomized controlled trials. The program succeeded in its aim of generating many more referrals of affected individuals than came through normal referral channels. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults British Cognitive Therapy Epidemiology London Transport Bombings (2005) Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychiatric Disorders PTSD Survivors Terrorism Treatment Effectiveness Victim Services

Accuracy Verified: Yes

194. Luber, M. (2012). Protocol for excessive grief. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 129-135. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.129.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
“Protocol for Excessive Grief“ is excerpted from Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols: Basics and Special Situations illustrating a scripted protocol from one of Francine Shapiro's 6 basic protocols. “Scripting“ informs and reminds EMDR practitioners of the component parts, sequence, and language used to create effective outcomes, and also generates a template for practitioners and researchers to use for reliability and/or a common denominator so that the form of working with EMDR is consistent. This protocol includes 5 steps: process actual events, including the loved one's suffering or death; process any intrusive images that are occurring; process the nightmare images; process any stimuli/triggers associated with the grief experience; and address issues of personal responsibility, mortality, or previous unresolved losses. The future template is included This protocol addresses the many aspects of grief and mourning to assure the full processing of clients' concerns.

Keywords: Death Grief Intrusive Images Scripted Protocols Unresolved Loss

Accuracy Verified: Yes

195. O'Shea, K., & Paulsen, S. (2007, September). A protocol for increasing affect regulation and clearing early trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address two of the most challenging issues in EMDR treatment of individuals with affect dysregulation from early traumatic experience, including emotional neglect and attachment failure. It will offer protocols to: 1) increase client affect tolerance by resetting emotions; and 2) maintain client sense of safety, while enabling access to neuron networks containing implicit memories from early life.

Keywords: Affect Tolerance Clearing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

196. Carruth, B. (2006). Psychological trauma and addiction treatment. Binghamton, NY: Haworth Press.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Important reading for current and future addictions treatment clinicians--this book synthesizes and integrates the expanding body of knowledge about combined trauma/addiction treatment to specifically address the needs of clinicians in addiction treatment environments Here, in a single source, is an essential overview of trauma treatment for people in addiction treatment settings. Psychological Trauma and Addiction Treatment presents specific methodologies and techniques for clients in inpatient and outpatient addiction/mental health settings. The contributors--leading clinicians and researchers in the field--provide a comprehensive set of scientific treatment approaches addressing a broad spectrum of trauma disorders. Psychological Trauma and Addiction Treatment brings you up-to-date, authoritative coverage of: The dynamics of co-occurring psychological trauma and addiction All of the primary treatment frameworks currently utilized in trauma treatment Treatment frameworks that take gender into account Cognitive therapies in treating these co-occurring disorders The role of psychodynamic psychotherapies in treatment Attachment disorders and their relation to trauma and addiction treatment EMDR as a treatment for traumatized addicts The psychoneurology of trauma and the implications of psychoneurology in addictions and trauma treatment How self-help groups can contribute to and limit recovery for psychologically traumatized clients Forgiveness therapy as an adjunct to trauma treatment Counselor self-care for those who work with this client population Ultimately, this is a book of hope. Every author in this text has a firm belief that people with co-occurring trauma and addiction can recover, can maintain quality relationships, can confront life's challenges as they arise, and can be happy and fulfilled. Psychological Trauma and Addiction Treatment is designed as essential reading for entry-level and experienced addiction counselors, social workers, professional counselors, psychologists, and others working in the trauma treatment field.

Keywords: Pratice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

197. Adler-Nevo, G., & Manassis, K. (2005, September). Psychosocial treatment of pediatric posttraumatic stress disorder: The neglected field of single-incident trauma. Depression and Anxiety, 22(4), 177-189. doi:10.1002/da.20123.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Despite the prevalence of childhood trauma, studies regarding psychotherapy for children suffering from PTSD are scarce, especially regarding the treatment for pediatric PTSD following single-incident trauma. Treatment practices for this population rely mainly on the paradigms of therapy for adult PTSD and pediatric PTSD following sexual abuse. This review outlines the studies published in the last 10 years pertaining to the treatment of pediatric PTSD following single-incident trauma. This is done in the context of available literature on the paradigms mentioned above. Of 742 articles dealing with treatment of pediatric trauma, 10 were found relevant to the treatment of pediatric PTSD following single-incident trauma. The modalities of treatment most frequently reported in this context were cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), and play therapy. As a whole, CBT studies were methodologically more rigorous, used manualized, reproducible treatment, and were group, school-based therapies. EMDR treatments were usually short and individual. Most studies showed statistically significant improvement but were still methodologically lacking. We conclude that research on the subject of treatment for pediatric PTSD following single-incident trauma constitutes a neglected part of the study of pediatric PTSD. This stands in contrast to the obvious prevalence of this type of trauma. We encourage future research that will address issues such as clarifying the role of pharmacotherapy, comparing different modes of treatment, dismantling treatment "packages", researching developmentally sensitive treatments, conducting long-term follow-up, and comparing different PTSD populations. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents Case Studies Cognitive Therapy Literature Review Pediatric Play Therapy Psychotherapy Review School Age Children PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

198. Solomon, S. D. (1997, Winter). Psychosocial treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice, 3(4), 27-41. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1520-6572.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
A review of the psychosocial treatment research literature indicates that several forms of therapy appear to be useful in reducing the symptoms of PTSD. Strongest support is found for the treatments that combine cognitive and behavioral techniques. Hypnosis, psychodynamic, anxiety management, and group therapies may also produce short-term symptom reduction. Still unknown is whether any approach produces lasting effects. Imaginal exposure to trauma memories and hypnosis are techniques most likely to affect the intrusive symptoms of PTSD, whereas cognitive and psychodynamic approaches may better address the numbing and avoidance symptoms cluster. Treatment should be tailored to the severity and type of presenting PTSD symptoms, to the type of trauma experience, and to the many likely comorbid diagnoses and adjustment problems. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Cognitive Therapy Drug Therapy Exposure Therapy Group Psychotherapy Hypnotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Prevention Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

199. Rivas, C. (2013, May). Psychosomatic conditions and EMDR: Applying the basic protocol to complex situations. Presentaton at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During this workshop, participants will be introduced to different models explaining how the mind can express some issues through the body, and how the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model can be used as a common ground to understand psychosomatic disorders. Using this rational, EMDR clinicians will learn how to structure an intervention using the 8 steps of the basic protocol to address the seven common causes of psychosomatic disorders. Clinical cases of angina, epilepsy, heartburn, irritable bowel and some skin conditions will be presented as illustration. Learning objectives: • Describe 4 main models to understand the body-mind connection in psychotherapy • Utilize the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model as a meta-model to compare specific models on the body-mind connection • Use the EMDR basic protocol to organize structured interventions to address the different layers regarding psychosomatic conditions

Keywords: Mind-Body Connection Structural Interventions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

200. Fouya, V. (2010, Novembre). Psychotherapie - EMDR: Le pouvoir des yeux [Psychotherapy - EMDR: The power of eyes]. Le Vif/L'express, (Supplement) Extra, (46), 36.

Language: French

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Ce sont d’abord les vétérans de la guerre du Vietnam qui en ont bénéficié. Aujourd’hui, l’EMDR s’utilise pour guérir des traumatismes de toutes natures. Rien qu’en bougeant les yeux... Traumatisme. Le mot résonne avec force. Il est associé à la violence, à l’intensité, à la mémoire aussi. Le traumatisme laisse des traces, il empêche souvent de vivre. On le conçoit aisément quand il s’agit de catastrophe naturelle ou de conflit armé, mais les blessés de la vie, nous en croisons tous les jours... La perte d’un enfant, des violences sexuelles, un accident de la route, ... Comment continuer après ? Psychologue spécialisée dans les traumatismes, Evelyne Josse a appris à utiliser l’EMDR lors d’interventions humanitaires ou auprès d’enfants malades. « La psychanalyse ne fonctionne pas pour ce type d’indications. Vous pouvez revisiter votre passé à loisir et identifier les causes de vos difficultés, ce n’est pas pour autant que vous serez soulagé de vos symptômes » D’abord séduite par l’hypnose, la psychothérapeute recourt aujourd’hui également à l’EMDR - désensibilisation et retraitement par le mouvement des yeux - pour traiter les phobies, les troubles alimentaires, les acouphènes, les dépressions et les stress post- traumatiques. « Non seulement c’est efficace mais c’est aussi rapide et une fois traités, les symptômes ne reviennent plus. » Concrètement, le travail démarre par un ou deux entretiens préalables qui vont permettre au thérapeute de cerner les difficultés de son patient. Ou plutôt sa difficulté majeure car il n’est pas question ici de s’interroger ici sur le sens de l’existence.... On identifie un problème spécifique et on s’attache à le traiter. Au cours des séances, le patient doit associer une image et des sensations à son expérience négative ; pendant qu’il la revit, il suit des yeux les mouvements des doigts du thérapeute. Une manière de stimuler latéralement les hémisphères cérébraux qui permettrait de « débloquer » l’information traumatique et de la reprogrammer de manière adéquate dans le cerveau. Anne a assisté à l’assassinant de son voisin. L’image de la terrasse ensanglantée la hantait jour et nuit et elle souffrait de crampes abdominales. « Pendant les séances, dès que les mouvements oculaires commençaient, les sensations revenaient en même temps que mes crampes. Au fur et à mesure, je suis arrivée à effacer ces images insoutenables et à les remplacer par des images plus « gérables ». J’ai retrouvé le sommeil, je peux à nouveau voir du sang et je me sens suffisamment sereine. J’ai fait 6 séances en tout et pour tout.»

First come the veterans of the Vietnam War who have benefited. Today, EMDR is used to heal injuries of all kinds. Just by moving the eyes ... Trauma. The word resonates strongly. It is associated with violence, intensity, memory too. Trauma leaves its mark, it often prevents them from living. It is easy to see when it comes to natural disaster or armed conflict, but the casualties of life, we come across every day ... The loss of a child, sexual violence, a car accident, ... How to continue after that? Psychologist specializing in trauma, Evelyne Josse has learned to use EMDR during humanitarian or with sick children. "Psychoanalysis does not work for such indications. You can revisit your past at your leisure and identify the causes of your problems is not to say that you will be relieved of your symptoms "At first seduced by hypnosis, psychotherapy today also uses EMDR - desensitization and reprocessing eye movement - to treat phobias, eating disorders, tinnitus, depression and post traumatic stress. "It's not only effective but also fast and once treated, the symptoms come back. " Specifically, the work starts with one or two prior interviews that will allow the therapist to identify the difficulties of his patient. Or rather the major problem because it is not about to question here on the meaning of life .... We identify a specific problem and is working to address it. During the sessions, the patient must attach an image and feeling to his negative experience, as he saw her, his eyes follow the movements of the fingers of the therapist. One way of stimulating the cerebral hemispheres laterally that would "unlock" the traumatic information and reprogram adequately in the brain. Anne attended the killing of his neighbor. The image of the terrace bloody haunted her day and night and she suffered from abdominal cramps. "During the meeting, that the eye movements began, the feeling came back together my cramps. As in, I got to clear these unbearable images and replace them with images more "manageable." I found the sleep, I can again see blood and I feel calm enough. I made six sessions in all and for all. "

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

201. Schnyder, U. (2005). Psychotherapies pour les PTSD – Une vue d’ensemble [Psychotherapies for PTSD – An overview]. Psychotherapies, 25(1), 39-52. doi:10.3917/psys.051.0039.

Language: French

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Depuis le diagnostic du syndrome de stress post-traumatique (SSPT) a été introduit dans le DSM-III en 1980, une variété d'approches psychothérapeutiques ont été développées pour résoudre les problèmes et besoins spécifiques des patients traumatisés. Le succès du traitement du SSPT a besoin d'un bien pensée sur l'attitude thérapeutique. Le thérapeute doit trouver une position équilibrée entre les sur-identification et de se détourner de l'impuissance. Une attitude la recherche de sensations doivent être évités de même que le risque de traumatisme du fait d'autrui. Dans de nombreux cas, le SSPT peut pas être traité suffisamment par la psychothérapie seule: un plan complet de traitement multi-modal peut comprendre pharmacothérapeutique, les interventions physiques, sociaux, juridiques et autres. Les premières interventions psychothérapeutiques au lendemain d'un événement traumatique suivre les règles d'intervention de crise (immédiateté, l'accent sur les problèmes actuels de limitation de temps). Une attention particulière devrait être accordée aux questions de développement d'une relation de confiance thérapeutique, en créant une atmosphère de sécurité, aider le patient à reprendre le contrôle de et / ou se distancier de souvenirs intrusifs. traitements de désensibilisation des mouvements oculaires et retraitement (EMDR) et d'autres «pouvoir» peut offrir un soulagement rapide des symptômes. Après un traumatisme collectif, des débriefings psychologiques sont largement utilisés, bien que la preuve de leur utilité dans la prévention de l'ESPT est discutable. Chez les patients porteurs chroniques du SSPT, le psychothérapeute ne devrait pas travailler exclusivement sur l'événement traumatique et ses séquelles: le traitement doit être orientée vers l'avenir plutôt que par le passé. Au lieu de l'exploration, le thérapeute devrait essayer d'activer les ressources des patients et les aider à trouver un nouveau sens à leur vie future. Il ya un besoin urgent d'soigneusement conçus, randomisés, études d'intervention contrôlée sur l'efficacité de l'intervention précoce chez les patients gravement traumatisés et la mi-aux psychothérapies à long terme chez les patients souffrant de PTSD chronique. En outre, les études futures devraient inclure les approches psychodynamiques, ainsi que des protocoles de traitement multimodal, et d'élaborer des critères d'évaluation cliniques plus sophistiqués. (Base de données PsycINFO Record (c) 2008 APA, tous droits réservés)

Since the diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) was introduced in DSM-III in 1980, a variety of psychotherapeutic approaches have been developed to address the specific problems and needs of traumatised patients. Successful treatment of PTSD requires a well thought-out therapeutic attitude. The therapist must find a well-balanced position between over-identification and turning away out of helplessness. A sensation-seeking attitude should be avoided as should the danger of vicarious traumatisation. In many instances, PTSD cannot be treated sufficiently by psychotherapy alone: a comprehensive, multi-modal treatment plan may include pharmacotherapeutic, physical, social, legal, and other interventions. Early psychotherapeutic interventions in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic event follow the rules of crisis intervention (immediacy, focus on the current problems, time limitation). Special attention should be paid to the issues of developing a trusting therapeutic relationship, creating an atmosphere of safety, helping the patient to regain control over and/or distance himself from intrusive recollections. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) and other "power therapies" can offer quick relief from symptoms. After collective traumatization, psychological debriefings are widely used, although the evidence for their usefulness in preventing PTSD is questionable. In patients with chronic PTSD, the psychotherapist should not work exclusively on the traumatic event and its sequelae: treatment should be oriented towards the future rather than the past. Instead of exploring, the therapist should try to activate the patients' resources and help them to find new meaning in their future life. There is an urgent need for carefully designed, randomized, controlled intervention studies investigating the effectiveness of early interventions in acutely traumatized patients and of mid- to long-term psychotherapies in patients suffering from chronic PTSD. Furthermore, future studies should include psychodynamic approaches as well as multimodal treatment protocols, and elaborate more sophisticated clinical endpoints. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Crisis Intervention Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach Multimodal Treatment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Power Therapies Psychotherapy PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

202. Norcross, J. C. (2007, September). Psychotherapy relationships that work: Evidence-based practices in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Decades of clinical experience and controlled research consistently demonstrate that the therapy relationship accounts for as much psychotherapy success as the treatment method itself. This plenary address will present evidence-based practices on: (1) creating a facilitative therapeutic relationship; and (2) tailoring that relationship to the individual patient in ways that improve treatment outcome. These practices are then applied specifically to the different phases of EMDR. The talk synthesizes three of the most crucial developments in contemporary mental health: evidence-based practice, the therapeutic relationship, and EMDR.

Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices

Accuracy Verified: Yes

203. Arditi, I. (2009, May). Rafael de Morra: Performance anxiety due to inferiority and cultural difference in "The Bewitched". York University, Toronto, Canada. AAT MR51500.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This thesis is about my primary artistic challenge and how it was addressed in my thesis role, the character Rafael De Morra (the court jester to Carlos II the King of Spain) in the play The Bewitched by Peter Barnes. My artistic challenge was to overcome the performance anxiety and the fear of humiliation that had surfaced during training and performance work at York University. I chose to address my performance anxiety by incorporating internal and external approaches simultaneously. The internal approach I developed to deal with my performance anxiety was a combination of different procedures: defining and analyzing it (and the inferiority complex behind it) through personal practices of psychoanalysis and EMDR Therapy (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing), examining the cultural factors that reinforce it, exploring it in other actors, observing it in my studio work, rehearsals and performance and investigating personal practice of Yoga, Feldenkrais and Craniosacral Therapy as tools to work on it. To further prepare for my thesis role Rafael De Morra, I researched the historical period in Spain and Europe between 1600 and 1700, the years during which the play takes place and the origins and significance of court jester tradition at the time. Such research helped me to better understand my character, Rafael De Morra. The external approach, on the other hand included confronting the anxiety by taking risks in my thesis role such as accentuating the more theatrical aspects of Rafael and creating an effective physicality for the character, both of which were difficult for me as an actor. The internal approach and the research I've done about the time period, the playwright and the court jester tradition prepared me for my external approach: taking risks in performing my thesis role. I can conclude that the methodology I devised to overcome my performance anxiety yielded favourable results as I didn't experience extreme versions of it in acting Rafael De Morra in the play The Bewitched by Peter Barnes. At the end of the process I also discovered some other actor challenges that I should be working on in the future.

Keywords: Cultural Differences Performance Anxiety

Accuracy Verified: Yes

204. Stern, L. L., & Grey, E. (2010, September/October). A recipe for health: Combining expressive arts with EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eating-disordered clients begin treatment with a series of unique and specific behavioral symptoms such as binge eating, bingeing and purging, starving themselves, or overexercising, that impede progress when using purely verbal therapies. The research team has found that the combination of expressive arts techniques and EMDR treatment can be highly effective in overcoming these impediments. This poster will briefly review basic knowledge and practice concerning the major eating disorders and their etiologies. We will then describe our therapeutic process that combines expressive arts with EMDR. This process includes (1) preparation of the client for EMDR treatment through the use of expressive arts techniques done in between sessions at home, (2) the use of client drawing and writing as targets when they appear to be a useful tool, (3) the use of a mirror exercise with BLS as a resourcing tool to address, desensitize and help the client reformulate body image distortion and body hatred, and (4) the reiniorcement of gains from reprocessing through the use of expressive techniques throughout treatment. This poster describes these additions to and modifications of the EMDR protocol with expressive arts techniques, as well as the results of a pilot experiment that compares outcomes for clients treated with expressive arts approaches, with and without EMDR.

Keywords: Eating Disorders Expressive Arts Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

205. Goldberg, A. (2010, October). Relational affect regulation: An integrative protocol for complex trauma surviviors. Presentation at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment theory and interpersonal neurobiology demonstrate the importance of the therapeutic relationship as a primary change mechanism. With survivors of childhood relational trauma, betrayal of trust and attachment issues create obstacles to developing a secure therapeutic alliance. Even when the therapeutic relationship feels more secure, these clients often experience separation between sessions as attachment loss. This can feel burdensome to the therapist, who may receive multiple crisis phone calls throughout the week. In this presentation, the relational affect regulation protocol will be explained and case examples will illustrate how it is put into practice. Drawing upon concepts from Stress Inoculation Training (SIT), Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy (AEDP) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), the protocol helps facilitate dyadic affect regulation and object constancy during the stabilization phase of treatment with complex trauma survivors. The elements of an SIT script will be described and creative adaptations will be proposed. AEDP microprocessing of the client’s experience of the therapist reading the script to the client will be explained and illustrated. The EMDR procedure for installation of the therapist as a resource will be taught and strategies for utilizing this as a selfsoothing method between sessions will be delineated.
Participants will be able to: discuss two problems clients ♦♦ with Complex PTSD have with attachment and fear of attachment loss in therapy, and will be able to identify three strategies to address this issue. ♦♦ explain AEDP microprocessing of interactions between client and therapist, and how this technique can help survivors of childhood relational trauma to develop trust in the therapist. ♦♦ list the four essential elements of an SIT script and utilize the steps involved in the relational affect regulation protocol with their clients.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Relational Affect Regulation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

206. Kiessling, R. (2001, June). A resource focused model of EMDR (Going beyond pathology). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Effective EMDR treatment is more than pathology and symptom reduction! Many clients are either too fragile or refuse to address past trumatic targets for desensitization. The Resource Focused Model of EMDR address the client's current strengths and resources rather than their pathology. By solidfying the client's strengths and resources, EMDR clinicians can help the client make measurable and observable changes in their lives. Through lecture, case presentation, and live demonstration, participants of this workshop will learn: 1) the basic theories underlying the development of the Resource Focused Model; 2) how and when to use the model and evlauate its effectiveness; and 3) how to develop and use strength focused cognitive interweaves in helping the client access existing strengths and resources for make positive, present-time change.

Keywords: Resource-Focused Model

Accuracy Verified: Yes

207. Kiessling, R. (2009). Resource strengthening. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (85-86). New York: Springer, pp. 450.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: When a client seems too overwhelmed by the trauma and, therefore, cannot focus on anything else, having them focus on positive things in their lives may help them regain a more appropriate and positive perspective. Once stabilized, clients may be ready to address the trauma with the Standard EMDR Protocol. The Resource Strengthening Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Protocol Resource Strengthening

Accuracy Verified: Yes

208. Smyth, N. (2003, August). Role of exposure in EMDR treatment of PTSD. Presentation at 111th the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A standard treatment for anxiety disorders involves exposing clients to anxiety eliciting stimuli. Some theorists have argued that exposure is an essential element in the successful treatment of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Exposure therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) are two therapeutic approaches that have been identified as efficacious in the treatment of PTSD. It has been proposed that exposure is the active element in all effective treatments for PTSD, including EMDR. This presentation will address various issues that should be considered in evaluating this proposal. Theories underlying exposure therapies will be summarized and differences between process and mechanism will be discussed. Brief overviews of EMDR and exposure therapies will be provided. Video clips of treatment sessions with exposure therapy and with EMDR will be shown, to illustrate the differences in treatment approaches, clinical focus, and client experience. Shared and unique components will be identified. The use of exposure in EMDR and its possible contribution to treatment outcome will be examined. Unlike prolonged exposure therapy, EMDR uses extremely brief repeated exposures (i.e., 20-50 seconds). Instead of continual and uninterrupted exposure, EMDR repeatedly interrupts the client's focus. Exposure therapy typically maintains a focus on the targeted incident, while EMDR uses a free association process to elicit other related material. Research has shown that high levels of anxiety during sessions of exposure therapy typically predict good outcome with that modality; however in successful EMDR treatment, the client's distress is substantially reduced during the session. Suggestions will be made for future research to identify and investigate mechanisms of action in exposure therapy and EMDR.

Keywords: Exposure Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Outcomes

Accuracy Verified: Yes

209. Chang, S. W. (2010, September/October). The role of eye movement in the therapeutic mechanisms of EMDR: An evidenced-based experimental approach. Research symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will address differential effects of EMs and exposure from outcome/process measures, interplays of EMs, valence of cognitions, and presentation order from theoretical/clinical viewpoints, and how EMDR might work from informational processing evidence.

Keywords: Eye Movements Symposium Therapeutic Mechanisms

Accuracy Verified: Yes

210. Herbert, J. D. (2003, July). The science and practice of empirically supported treatments. Behavior Modification, 27(3), 412-430. doi:10.1177/0145445503027003008.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Despite impressive gains over the past three decades in the development and evaluation of empirically supported psychotherapies, such treatments are not used widely by front-line practicing clinicians. In an attempt to address this science-practice gap, efforts have turned recently to constructing lists of empirically supported treatments (ESTs) and disseminating information about these treatments to professionals and the public. This effort has been met with criticism, however, by both practitioners, on one hand, and psychotherapy researchers on the other. The current procedures for identifying ESTs are critically reviewed, and recommendations are offered to improve the scientific viability of the process. It is argued that lists of ESTs are viewed most productively as one step toward the development of best practice guidelines.

Keywords: Empirically Supported Treatments, ESTs, Evidence-Based Medicine Psychotherapy Psychotherapy Dissemination

Accuracy Verified: Yes

211. Astbury, J. (2006, December). Services for victim/ survivors of sexual assault - Identifying needs, interventions and provision of services in Australia. Issues, Australian Centre for the Study of Sexual Assault, 6, 1-26.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
Firstly, the perceived needs of victim/survivors are identified. Secondly, literature on the existing interventions that are perceived to address these needs, and data on their effectiveness are reviewed. Currently, most of these interventions are therapeutic or counselling interventions. Finally, data on the services that currently provide these interventions, with patterns of service usage, barriers to using these services, and the characteristics of these services that victim/survivors find particularly valuable are identified. The paper will end by making some recommendations for primary health care providers working with victim/survivors of sexual assault. The paper employs a gendered, health and human rights perspective and an ‘ecological framework’ to inform the overall aim of investigating current intervention programs for victim/survivors of sexual assault. A multilevel ecological perspective informed This paper begins to address this gap by providing a summary of the international and national literature that exists on sexual assault services. The paper focuses by a gender and human rights perspective is considered the most appropriate model for understanding interpersonal violence including sexual violence (Krug, Dahlberg, Mercy, Zwi, & Lozano, 2002). The ecological framework recognises the multifaceted nature of sexual violence and encourages exploration of the relationship between individual and contextual factors. Sexual violence is seen as the product of multiple levels of influence on behaviour from the level of the individual, to relationships, community and society.

Keywords: Violence

Accuracy Verified: Yes

212. Dodgson, P. W. (2007, June). Shame: The adaptive information processing model and introduction of the "protocol interweave" in EMDR with victims of torture, rape and organised violence. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Shame is often a key component of post-traumatic stress and one that can inhibit processing because the person concerned feels no compassion for the self that was shamed. Shame may lead to despising or hating that self so that allowing the self to grow, to recovered, feels almost impossible. Shame is experienced cognitively, emotionally, and somatically: in “brain, heart, and body.”
Shame may lead to blocked processing that does not respond to cognitive interweaves or other approaches such as changes in speed, modality and direction of bilateral stimulation, or “TICES’ strategies, changing aspects of images, cognitions or emotional and sensory interventions. Typically, Subjective Units of Distress scale scored stick at 4.
This paper will draw on clinical work with people who have experienced rape, torture and organized violence and explore ways of unlocking the inhibiting factors of shame, enabling the victim of personal violence to have compassion for themselves, and forgiveness. With compassion, a person can allow themself to recover, and processing the memories of the traumatic incident or incidents can move to adaptive resolution.
The paper will present case material using the adaptive information processing model as a helpful way of enabling clinets to normalize their mental, emotional and somatic reactions, to structure what often seems like a chaotic inner world and to address issues including shame.
This paper will propose a protocol for EMDR psychotherapy with people who have been victims of rape, torture, and organized violence and will introduce a “protocol interweave” for working with people for whom shame is a factor that impedes effective processing.
The “protocol interweave” focuses on the ‘self who has been shamed” and adapts the desensitization phase to enable the individual to process material associated with their thoughts, feelings, and sensations with regards to the self of whom they are ashamed and whom they may despise. The paper will also examine recent thinking about shame, compassion and forgiveness and reflect on similarities across psychotherapeutic modalities such as gestalt and cognitive behaviour therapy and the way in which EMDR is an integrative model that accommodates these.
The presentation will include PowerPoint and video clips of clinical consultations.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Organised Violence Protocol Interweave Rape Shame Torture

Accuracy Verified: Yes

213. Struik, A. (2011, Févrieri). Sleeping dogs: Stabilisation et EMDR pour enfants et adolescents avec traumatismes complexes [Sleeping dogs: Stabilizing and EMDR for children and adolescents with complex trauma]. Avc de l' UPC KULeuven, Campus Kortenberg, Belgium.

Language: Dutch

Format: Other

Abstract:
Stabiliser et traiter les enfants traumatisés et souvent dissociés peut être compliqué. En apparence, ils peuvent sembler fonctionner relativement bien. Leurs stratégies d'évitement paraissent efficaces et ils refusent de parler du trauma ou disent qu'ils l'ont oublié. Cela ne les perturbe plus. Mais le désir du thérapeute de laisser les chiens dormir tranquillement est une stratégie dangereuse. Sous cette apparence de bon fonctionnement extérieur l'enfant est terrifié, constamment en alerte et seul, incapable de trouver le réconfort. Cet enfant ne peut s'attacher et ce manque d'attachement sécure peut dévaster son développement futur. Cependant, ce n'est que par une anamnèse détaillée réalisée par les soignants et les instituteurs que ces problèmes souvent cachés peuvent être révélés. Arianne expliquera les principes de base de la dissociation et de la dissociation structurelle chez les enfants dans le but d'aider à les traiter. Dans ce workshop, elle fera une démonstration du "6 tests", un nouveau modèle unique de stabilisation pour enfants. La stabilisation inclut la motivation, la psycho-éducation, la création d'un lieu sûr, l'activation du système d'attachement, des outils d'auto-régulation, des changements cognitifs, etc . Le "6 tests" aide le thérapeute à décider si l'enfant a besoin de stabilisation supplémentaire et comment l'établir avant de commencer l'EMDR.

Stabilize and treat traumatized children and often dissociated can be complicated. Outwardly, they may appear to function relatively well. Their avoidance strategies seem effective and they refuse to talk about the trauma or say they have forgotten. That does not disturb more. But the therapist's desire to let the dogs sleep in peace is a dangerous strategy. Under the appearance of functioning outside the child is terrified, alone and constantly alert, unable to find comfort. This child can not concentrate and lack of secure attachment can devastate its future development. However, it is only through a detailed history completed by caregivers and teachers that these often hidden problems can be revealed. Arianne will explain the basic principles of unbundling and structural separation of children in order to help address them. In this workshop she will demonstrate the "6 tests," a new model for stabilization of single children. Stabilization includes motivation, psycho-education, creating a safe place, the activation of attachment system, tools for self-regulation, the exchange In this workshop she will demonstrate the "6 tests," a new model for stabilization of single children. Stabilization includes motivation, psycho-education, creating a safe place, the activation of attachment system, tools for self-regulation, cognitive changes, etc.. "6 test" helps the therapist to decide if the child requires additional stabilization and how to prepare before starting EMDR.

Keywords: Adults Children Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

214. Maxfield, L., Lake, K., & Hyer, L. A. (2004). Some answers to unanswered questions about the empirical support for EMDR in the treatment of PTSD. Traumatology, 10(2), 73-89. doi:10.1177/153476560401000202.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
A recent review [by Rubin] summarized research studies investigating EMDR treatment of PTSD. Rubin identified populations in which there has been insufficient research to determine what treatments, if any, are effective, and he articulated questions about EMDR's efficacy with these groups. He also addressed the problem of potential reviewer bias. Unfortunately his own review of the literature contained numerous errors and failed to consider the context of the larger research field. The purpose of the current article is to provide a more balanced perspective and to clarify confusion that may have been raised by Rubin's article. We provide some answers to the unanswered questions about the efficacy of EMDR treatment for PTSD with child, multiply traumatized civilian, and combat-veteran populations. We also address the methodological questions raised by Rubin (Pilots).

Keywords: Methodology Populations Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Professional Criticism PTSD Research Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

215. Thaxton, D. (2007, June). Star wars therapy: Integrating EMDR with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: EMDR with children can be clinically challenging. Traditional protocols are difficult to follow, especially with younger children. Unique to this approach, Star Wars therapy allows children to produce their own bilateral stimulation while the therapist installs verbal cognitive interweaves. Star Wars therapy facilitates the integration of resource installations; it provides children with an exciting venue to explore schemas and ego states resulting form trauma, abuse and neglect. Star Wars play therapy is a practical skill set for clinicians interested in integrating EMDR with children. Star Wars is unique in its immediate accessibility for children. The rich story line it provides them with accessible themes of good and evil, betrayal, injustice, universal hierarchy, and connectedness with “the force:’ the main characters act as primary archetypes. The body of this work is dived into two mains sections. The first section outlines Star Wars Play Therapy from a theoretical standpoint. The goal is to address the neurobiological, psychological, and attachment aspects which are the basis for treatment. The second reaction addresses the technique form a practical perspective. A complete clinical protocol is outlines, from conceptualization to execution of play, to the integration of EMDR instillations and trauma targeting.

Keywords: Children Star Wars Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

216. Kitchur, M. (2005). The strategic developmental model for EMDR. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 8-56). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The strategic developmental model (SDM) for EMDR originated in Canada in 1996. It is a model that was born out of desperation in the face of the overwhelming treatment needs of severe- and multiple trauma victims, forensic clients, and short-term funded high-risk individuals. It is an efficient and comprehensive method for maximally delivering the benefits of EMDR to high-needs clients before their therapy might be prematurely interrupted by the realities of funding or of a multiproblem life. Such a method, I felt, would need to effectively facilitate rapid engagement and address or circumvent the fear, hostility, anxiety, and resistance that so often undermine or sabotage therapy with high-need and high-risk populations. Clinical experience also suggested the importance of having some systematic manner of assessing and treating the often multiple fundamental underlying causes of pathology and symptomatology in order to assist these high-risk and high-need clients to break the cycles and patterns that likely would repeat in their lives. I hypothesized that any process or strategies that might facilitate healing in these ways could also be anticipated to optimize therapeutic outcome for high-functioning clients and diverse client populations. [Text, p. 8] [Pilots]

Keywords: Patient History Hypnotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

217. Dworkin, M. (2006, Maggio). Strategies related to the therapeutic role. Presentation at the National Conference, Association for EMDR in Italy, Firenza, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Therapists who work with EMDR can facilitate change in patients through an understanding of their participation in the therapeutic process. The workshop will last one day, will address the topic of the role of the therapist and his self-understanding in working with patients who may become a challenge before, during and after a session of EMDR. Participants will delve into the use of the guideline to the procedure as a means of self-awareness, you also learn to use strategies for development and installation of resources for self-restraint necessary when their memories are elicited during a sitting. You will also learn a variation Integrative Cognitive intervention (intervention Relational) to fix an imbalance of power of the therapeutic alliance.

Keywords: Therapeutic Role

Accuracy Verified: Yes

218. Lovett, J. (2012, October). Targeting confusion to facilitate trauma resolution and promote attachment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will help clinicians recognize and address the confusing or inexplicable aspects of trauma as they follow standard EMDR protocol. Children who experienced complex trauma, adults who had childhood trauma and individuals who have had medical trauma may be at risk for confusion that interferes with executive functioning, learning and attachment. This workshop will present ways to address confusion through cognitive interweaves, developmentally appropriate explanations, cohesive narrative and specific targeting of physical sensations. The presentation will provide case studies accompanied by slides, videos, practicum and discussion.

Keywords: Attachment Confusion

Accuracy Verified: Yes

219. McAleavy, T. (1996, April 22). Therapies opening a “window of understanding”. Bergen County, NJ: The Record, All Editions, Lifestyle, H4.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
When EMDR was first introduced by clinical psychologist Francine Shapiro in 1987, Danubio was among many critics who had trouble believing that rapid eye movement could be emotionally therapeutic.

Keywords: Bergen County General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

220. Kiessling, R. (2007, September). Thinking like an EMDR therapist. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During the 2006 EMDRIA Conference, Dr. Shapiro laid the groundwork for understanding the EMDR Approach. The Adaptive Information Processing Model formulates the clinician’s development of an effective EMDR treatment plan based upon the client’s presenting problems. It is important that the clinician understand into which of the four possible arenas the client’s presentation falls. These four options are divided into two possible categories, Symptom and Comprehensive presentations. Symptom focused treatment plans address Single Incident PSTD, and Single Issue, brief treatment options. Comprehensive presentations involve Multiple Issues and/or complex PTSD. Each of these presentations require a different treatment plan conceptualization and targeting sequence strategy. This workshop will give clinicians concrete, practical history taking and targeting sequence guidelines through lecture, handouts, worksheets, and video demonstrations.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Single Incident Single Issue

Accuracy Verified: Yes

221. Parnell, L. (1997). Transforming trauma - EMDR: The revolutionary new therapy for freeing the mind, clearing the body, and opening the heart. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book, addressed to a non-professional readership,"was born out of my desire to share with others the 'miracles' I have been privileged to witness both as a psychologist working with clients in a private practice setting and as an EMDR Institute facilitator helping to train clinicians -- as well as a recipient of EMDR therapy." [Preface] [Pilots]

Keywords: Personal Narrative Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

222. Hyer, L. A., & Sohnle, S. J. (2001). Trauma among older people: Issues and treatment. Philadelphia, PA: Brunner-Routledge.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book is about trauma in a select population, older people. This is important because this group is usually given short shrift because of certain convictions about age, as well as an excessive emphasis on specific trauma-related techniques. In fact, the older group is complex when it comes to trauma. There is much to be exported about older people from knowledge of earlier ages, and there is much that is not. Our basic belief is that the human change process is highly individualized at later life but certainly understandable within an integrated formulation of the person. We address this "formulation." [Preface, p. vii]TOPICS TREATED: Aging and trauma; PTSD in the context of aging; Life story of the aging person; Person and memory; Treatment: PTSD and beyond; Key ingredients to psychotherapy; Treatment model: early stages; Personality; Core memory: the "good" memory; The trauma memory: the "bad" memory; Grief work and forgiveness in the context of PTSD; Using assessment data to inform the treatment plan.

Keywords: Aged Anxiety Management Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

223. Greenwald, R. (2000). The trauma orientation and child therapy. In K. N. Dwivedi (Ed.), Post-traumatic stress disorder in children and adolescents (pp. 7-24). London: Whurr Publishers.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Trauma is proposed as a key to understanding the development and persistence of conduct disorder in conjunction with other contributing factors. Trauma history is virtually universal in this population, and trauma effects can help to account for many features of the disorder including lack of empathy, impulsivity, anger, acting out, and resistance to treatment. The current standard of care fails to fully address trauma, which may partially explain the low success rate. A trauma-focused individual therapy approach is presented as one example of how this population might be more effectively treated. This approach features motivational interviewing, self-control training, and trauma resolution and integrates eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Two illustrative case examples are presented and discussed. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents Assessment Children Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

224. Fisher, J. (2012, June). Trauma, body and neurobiology EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy in treatment of dissociative disorders [Trauma, neurobiología y el cuerpo: EMDR y la psicoterapia sensoriomotriz en el tratamiento de los trastornos disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Although most patients respond well to EMDR treatment, those with dissociative disorders often become more fragmented: they experience flooding of memory, or they become disconnected and numb. Faced with the dissociative patient who cannot tolerate emotions, who cannot manage self-‐destructive impulses, differentiate past and present, or create a Safe Place—is there any way that EMDR can be helpful? The answer is, “Yes.” With an understanding of post-‐traumatic neurobiology and the Structural Dissociation model, the responses of dissociative disorder patients to EMDR become logical rather than surprising. If we understand their purpose and meaning, we can better address the responses that interfere with successful EMDR processing. Then if we use simple body-‐centered interventions drawn from Sensorimotor Psychotherapy that modulate autonomic arousal and address the needs and fears of each part of the personality, EMDR treatments can help even our most de-‐stabilized and dissociative clients. This workshop will introduce a neurobiological model for understanding how and when EMDR treatments can be effective even with dysregulated and dissociative clients and offer an introduction to Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, a body-‐centered therapy developed specifically to treat post-‐traumatic symptoms. Participants will be taught simple, body-‐centered interventions that can be woven into both trauma processing and Resource Development protocols. Using lecture, videotape, session demonstration and actual practice, participants will have an opportunity to integrate these simple but effective techniques into their EMDR practice.

Si bien la mayoría de los pacientes responden bien al tratamiento con EMDR, con frecuencia aquellos que sufren trastornos disociativos se vuelven más fragmentados: sienten una inundación de la memoria o se vuelven desconectados y “anestesiados”. Ante el paciente disociativo que no es capaz de tolerar las emociones, que no puede gestionar los impulsos auto-‐destructivos, distinguir entre pasado y presente o crear un Lugar Seguro, ¿existe alguna manera en la cual puede resultar útil EMDR? La respuesta es, “Sí.” Con una comprensión de la neurobiología post traumática y del modelo de disociación estructural, las respuestas de los pacientes con trastorno disociativo a EMDR se vuelven lógicas en lugar de sorprendentes. Si entendemos su propósito y significado, estaremos mejor situados para abordar las respuestas que interfieren con el éxito del procesamiento con EMDR. De ahí, si aplicamos intervenciones sencillas centradas en el cuerpo derivadas de la psicoterapia sensoriomotriz que modulan la excitación autonómica y abordan las necesidades y miedos de cada parte de la personalidad, los tratamientos con EMDR pueden ayudar a nuestros clientes, incluso a los más desestabilizados y disociativos. Este taller introducirá un modelo neurobiológico para comprender el cómo y cuándo los tratamientos basados en EMDR pueden resultar efectivos aún en los clientes desregulados y disociativos y ofrece una introducción a la psicoterapia sensoriomotriz, una terapia que se centra en el cuerpo desarrollada específicamente para tratar los síntomas post-‐traumáticos. Se les enseñará a los participantes intervenciones sencillas y centradas en el cuerpo que pueden entretejerse en los protocolos tanto de procesamiento del trauma como de desarrollo de recursos. Mediante la conferencia, vídeos, demostraciones de sesiones y prácticas reales, los participantes tendrán la oportunidad de integrar estas técnicas sencillas a la vez que efectivas en su ejercicio de EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorder Neurobiology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

225. Chemtob, C. (2001, June). Trauma, culture, and public health. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The field of trauma has made significant strides in the past quarter century. It is now recognized that trauma is a "behavioral toxin" associated wuth a number of significant deleterious psychological and physical consequences for health. A public health informed approach to trauma must address the cultural context in which victimization occurs and must address its cultural roots. In order to achieve our public health agenda, it will be critical to develop conceptual and methodological frameworks requisite to develop knowledge to address trauma's impact on populations.

Keywords: Health Public Health Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

226. Greenwald, R. (2000, April). A trauma-focused individual therapy approach for adolescents with conduct disorder. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, 44(2), 146-163. doi:10.1177/0306624X00442002 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Keywords: Adolescents Cognitive Therapy Disruptive Behavior Disorders Individual Psychotherapy Males Psychiatric Inpatients Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

227. Forgash, C. A. (2004, Summer). Treating complex posttraumatic stress disorder with EMDR and ego state therapy. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
In this adaptation of her keynote address presented at the European EMDR Annual Conference in Frankfurt, Germany, in May, 2002, psychotherapist Carol Forgash explains that the context of psychotherapeutics has changed since the early years of EMDR. This change supports the combining of EMDR with ego state psychology to better deal with the complex consequences of serious trauma. Forgash proposes that ego state conceptualizations provide a constructive, efficient, and accessible means for therapist and client to work through these complexities.

Keywords: Complex PTSD Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

228. Forgash, C. A. (2004, June). Treating complex posttraumatic stress disorder with EMDR and ego state therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this adaptation of her keynote address presented at the European EMDR Annual Conference in Frankfurt, Germany, in May, 2002, psychotherapist Carol Forgash explains that the context of psychotherapeutics has changed since the early years of EMDR. This change supports the combining of EMDR with ego state psychology to better deal with the complex consequences of serious trauma. Forgash proposes that ego state conceptualizations provide a constructive, eficient, and accessible means for therapist and client to work through these complexities.

Keywords: C-PSTD Complex Postraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

229. Keenan, P., & Farrell, D. P. (2000, June). Treating morbid jealousy with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing utilizing cognitive inter-weave: A case report. Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 13(2), 175-189. doi:10.1080/713658482.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Keywords: Clinical Case Study Cognitive Techniques Empirical Study Jealousy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

230. Keenan, P. (2004, February). Treating non-psychotic morbid jealousy with EMDR utilising cognitive interweave. Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Jealousy is an unwelcomed emotion, which most poeple will have experienced at some time in their lives. In its mildest form, it may be seen as an expression of devoion, however, for some people it can become obsessive and destructive (Mulle, 1991). The possible consequences of this very serious condition can result in suspicion, violence, and the complete breakdown of a relationship. This study highlights the case of man with a long-standing history of jealousy towards his partner. Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) would suggest that jealousy was maintained by the person's erroneous assumptioms about sexual behaviour and attractiveness of their partner, a well as pervasive negative schemes of self worth. Any consideration for treatment therefore, needed to address both these areas. The treatment intervention of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) utilising cognitive interweaved was used to reduce the inensity of the jealous reaction. Results showed a marked reduction in the intensity of the emotion of jealosy, which lead to a reduction in the client's challenging and checking behaviours towards his partner. Results also indicate a clear reduction in the client's erroneous automatic negative and jealous thoughts. What is uclear is whether it was the EMDR therapy itself, or a combination of EMDR and other cognitive behavioural therapy interventions that brought about these reductions in symtomatology. Acknowledging the limitations of generalising from single case designs, consideration will be given to the need for further inestigation and research in to the application of EMDR with this client group.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Jealousy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

231. van der Kolk, B. (2011, November). Treating trauma: Helping the entire organism feel safe and live in the present. Presentation at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma affects the entire human organism, which gets stuck in neruobiological, immunological and relational survival modes. Neuroscience research shows that the brain regions most affected by trauma are involved in attention and perception, biasing the organism into preceiving threat and annihilation. The subcortical process are independent from conscious appraisal and conscious control. This presentation will focus on evidence based treatments that address basic issues of safety, threat appraisal and embodied awareness, illustrated by EMDR, meditation, yoga, theater, martial arts and sensory integration.

Keywords: Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

232. Shapiro, F., & Houston, J. (2009, December). Treating victims of trauma worldwide. Counterpoint speech at the 6th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR has been used worldwide over the past decade as an empirically validated trauma treatment. During that time, it has become clear that it is possible to simultaneously alleviate suffering, help stop the cycle of violence, and address the devastating effects of trans-generational transmission. The clinical implications for simple symptom reduction versus personal growth and resiliency will be explored.

Keywords: Trauma Victims

Accuracy Verified: Yes

233. Goldstein, A. (1995, Fall). Treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia: Going beyond the barrier. In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice, 1(3), 83-98.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Proposes that the combination of network theory (NT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) offer the opportunity to understand better the barriers to recovery and provides a methodology for breaking through panic disorder with agoraphobia (PDA). The author states that the current approach to augmenting the efficacy of treatment for PDA has been to add more components to basic exposure treatment. However, at best, these additions will yield only small increments in treatment effectiveness because they do not address important stumbling blocks to the progress of treatment. NT, EMDR and the need for such methodologies in the treatment of PDA are discussed. The author presents the case of a 31-yr-old woman with severe PDA attributable to her experiencing of a number of stressors (birth of first child and the dissolving of her parent's marriage, for which her mother blamed her) in close proximity to each other. The combination of NT and EMDR led to the successful treatment of the patient. The author concludes that recasting the theoretical base into an associative network model and utilizing EMDR along with established interventions to alter networks, has opened the door for more effective treatment of PDA. (PsycINFO, APA)

Keywords: Agoraphobia Clinical Case Study Empirical Study Panic Disorder Theories

Accuracy Verified: Yes

234. Jacome, S. (2012, Novembro). Uma proposta de abordagem grupal de eventos traumáticos heterogêneos [A proposed approach heterogeneous group of traumatic events]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Este workshop fornece elementos teóricos e práticos para EMDR terapeutas com conhecimento trabalha ou pretende trabalhar com grupos. Fornece uma visão geral da integração do modelo de EMDR com elementos de psicoterapia psicodramática de grupo. Algumas ideias para a aplicação prática dos princípios da psicoterapia de grupo em conjunto com maneiras criativas de usar EMDR. Com a crescente demanda por cuidados de saúde mental, psicoterapia individual tem várias limitações, abordagens individuais são geralmente caros e inacessíveis para grandes segmentos da população. A terapia de grupo tem sido desenvolvido como um baixo custo, otimizando recursos humanos, tempo e economia. EMDR é originalmente uma abordagem individual e de grupo, embora alguns procedimentos EMDR foram desenvolvidos, abordando a necessidade ea urgência de intervir em situações de crise, especialmente envolvendo grupos e populações inteiras, ainda há uma maneira de aproximar-se do grupo e não só no grupo. Esta proposta surge a partir da formação do primeiro autor como um terapeuta com um terapeuta psicodrama foco do grupo e, em seguida, como EMDR, que vem buscando uma maneira de integrar as fases da abordagem EMDR com uma abordagem de grupo de psicodrama, psicoterapia que permite desenvolver maneiras de tratar grupos de pessoas com problemas diferentes, com experiências diferentes, o que na psicoterapia de grupo é chamado de grupos heterogêneos. Também irá abordar várias preocupações, dificuldades e preocupações que surgem quando se explora a possibilidade de combinar a psicoterapia de grupo e EMDR, como abreactions manipulação, processamento, memória e outras dificuldades.

This workshop provides theoretical and practical elements for EMDR therapists with expertise working or want to work with groups. Provides an overview of the integration of model elements with EMDR psychotherapy group psychotherapy. Some ideas for the practical application of the principles of group psychotherapy in conjunction with creative ways to use EMDR. With the growing demand for mental health care, individual psychotherapy has several limitations, individual approaches are often expensive and inaccessible to large segments of the population. Group therapy has been developed as a low cost, optimizing human resources, time and economy. EMDR is an approach originally individual and group, though some EMDR procedures were developed, addressing the urgent need to intervene in crisis situations, especially involving groups and entire populations, there is still a way to approach the group and not just the group. This proposal arises from the formation of the first author as a therapist with a focus group psychodrama therapist and then as EMDR, which has been seeking a way to integrate the phases of the EMDR approach with an approach to group psychodrama psychotherapy that allows developing ways to treat groups of people with different problems, with different experiences, which in group psychotherapy is called heterogeneous groups. It will also address several concerns, difficulties and concerns that arise when exploring the possibility of combining the group psychotherapy and EMDR, as abreactions handling, processing, memory and other difficulties.

Keywords: Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

235. McFarlane, A. (2010, June). Understanding traumatic stress reactions - The linking of phenomenology, aetiology and treatment plan. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One of the most intriguing aspects of traumatic stress has been the repeated learning and forgetting of lessons about its importance as a cause of psychopathology. It remains the case that the broader body of psychiatry and psychology has an ambivalent relationship with the field of traumatic stress and the nature of posttraumatic stress disorder. The origins of this ambivalence and their impact will be discussed. It is important that practitioners in the field of traumatic stress be aware of these barriers and how to address them in a research setting and clinical practice.
The underlying phenomenology of posttraumatic stress disorder will be explored and its neurobiological origins will be highlighted. It is important to deconstruct posttraumatic stress disorder into the different symptom components, as they have substantially different mechanisms underpinning their intensity and presentation. Posttraumatic stress disorder is a dynamic condition in which symptoms fluctuate with time and are substantially influenced by the environmental demands placed upon the individual.
It is often forgotten that somatic symptoms are a core element of the experience of individuals with PTSD. The nature of these somatic dimensions of distress and their significance will be discussed.
The epidemiology of posttraumatic stress disorder highlights how the prevalence of these conditions is seemingly increasing. However, this reflects the developments in the measurement of the effects of trauma in research settings. This has major implications for clinicians as to how best take a history about exposures to traumatic events. The evidence is that systematic investigation is critical and that unless questions are asked, symptoms will frequently go unreported. Recent evidence suggests that PTSD may be in fact more common than major depressive disorders. Equally, it should not be forgotten that depression is an important dimension of posttraumatic reactions. There is also an associated comorbidity with substance abuse. The risks associated with trauma exposure have a long tale of effect and these will be described.
The challenges of treatment will be discussed in the context of early intervention and workplace intervention. Treatment needs to be a sequential process where there are a variety of strategies, including EMDR, which can be used in treatment. The sequence of these strategies in treatment is a challenging question that has not been systematically addressed in research.
It remains the case that one of the primary issues in treatment is early identification, and this raises questions about the importance of screening in at-risk populations. Again, there are significant differences in opinion; however, the militaries around the world are now regularly screening populations returning from deployment. A recent novel approach to considering the issues of treatment is whether a staging approach should be used for conditions such as PTSD.
In summary, it is critical that clinicians have an explicit model of the mind and its neurobiology. Posttraumatic stress disorder can best be understood as an information processing disorder, which both impacts upon an individual's ability to engage with their day to day environment as well as integrate past experiences as a source of information to influence current behaviour. The integration and modulation of neural systems that manage environmental input is critical to adaptive functioning. The ways that these systems become dysregulated in PTSD will be highlighted and how these underlying deficits can be addressed in treatment will be focused upon.
A further issue that needs to be considered in the treatment of PTSD is the long-term risk of individuals, who have developed this condition, to have relapses after a successful intervention. Some long-term treatment outcome data will be presented.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Traumatic Stress

Accuracy Verified: Yes

236. Shapiro, F. (2010, July). Update of EMDR research, theory, and practice. Keynote presented at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In its twenty-year history, EMDR has evolved into a distinct form of psychotherapy with a wide range of clinical applications. Guided by the Adaptive Information Processing model clinicians are able to directly impact the implicit and associational memory networks that govern feelings, thoughts, and reactions outside the realm of rational thought. Increasingly, research evidence is showing that EMDR can rapidly produce change simultaneously on cognitive, emotional, and somatic levels. This presentation will explore research and case reports that address a full range of issues of everyday clinical practice, including family therapy impasses, attachment disorders, chronic pain, sexual compulsivity, and other dysfunctional behaviors and thoughts.

Keywords: Keynote Practice Research Theory Update

Accuracy Verified: Yes

237. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, L. (2008, September). Updates in EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address ways to become a competent and thorough EMDRIA Approved Consultant. Specific content areas will include: dynamic consultation skills; legal liability; and criteria and ideas for working with Certification applicants, Consultants-In-Training, and trainees.

Keywords: Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

238. Popky, A. J. (2011, October). An urge reduction protocol as a new way to address addictions and dysfunctional behaviors based on the AIP model of EMDR. Presentation for Care For the Troops, Marietta, Ohio.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
The purpose of this document is to act as a training manual for those clinicians that work with addictive populations and that have completed already completed EMDR level 1 and 2 trainings. Previous research on EMDR has focused on its usefulness for treating trauma-related symptoms in a diverse sample of subjects. This protocol deals with targeting triggers that bring up urges rather than traumas. It is the authors beliefs that the targeting of triggers is a gentler way of dealing with this addictive population and that as triggers are reprocessed ego strength grows until the thread to the trauma or core issues are ready to emerge to be reprocessed. Background This treatment model and the theories involved are based on experience from personal client observation and anecdotal reports received from other therapists using this same protocol. It is an eclectic model and combines many methodologies, including but not limited to, cognitive-behavioral, solution focused, Ericksonian, narrative, object relations, EFT, TFT, to name a few. The bi-lateral stimulation from the accelerated information processing model (EMDR) seems to form the catalyst for rapid processing and change, the turbo-charger that speeds the healing process. Successful results have been reported across the wide spectrum of addictions and dysfunctional behaviors: chemical substances (nicotine, marijuana, alcohol, methamphetamine, cocaine, crack, heroin/methadone, etc.), eating disorders such as compulsive overeating, anorexia and bulimia, along with other behaviors such as sex, gambling, shoplifting, anger outbursts, OCD and trichotillomania, etc. Since this is an urge reduction protocol the scope of applications can include a wide variety of applications.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Addictions AIP Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing DeTUR Dysfunctional Behaviors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

239. Barbieri, J. L. (2008, April). The URGES approach: Urge reduction by growing ego strength (URGES) for trauma/addiction treatment using alternate bilateral stimulation, hypnotherapy, ego state therapy and energy psychology. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 15(2), 116-138. doi:10.1080/10720160802035584.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The URGES approach is a theory and protocol to treat trauma and addiction simultaneously. It combines hypnotherapy, ego state work, alternate bilateral stimulation, and energy psychology.It was developed to meet the need to address trauma without disturbing mainstream addiction treatment. Based on the premise that trauma and addiction are co-relational, this method uses ego state images including an Addict ego state that hypothetically reflect brain chemistry dynamics and changes.URGES is a combination method that incorporates basic concepts from hypnotherapy, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, ego state therapy and several energy psychology techniques.Orchestrated ego state conflicts hypothetically exercise the brain.Ego state patterns are emerging from URGES that indicate a degree of predictability in assessing patient's internal response to treatment.The main focus of this approach is using the addictive urge to locate and process underlying trauma.

Keywords: Addiction Bilateral Stimulation BLS Ego State Therapy Energy Psychology Hynotherapy Trauma Treatment URGES Approach

Accuracy Verified: Yes

240. Pessina, C (2007, June). The use and adaptation of EMDR technique with sexually abused children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Thanks to a European Equal project the sexually abused children who came to our Center for therapy have been treated with EMDR. We will illustrate, through the use of clinical examples, the main therapeutic issues, the difficulties and strategies in order to exceed them. In particular, we will address the following topics: the use of "menus,” the use of positive installations, how to identify targets, how to exceed the use of psychological defenses, mainly dissociative, etc. We will then highlight the advantages of using EMDR with those children.

Keywords: Children Sexual Abuse

Accuracy Verified: Yes

241. Tobin, S. (2002, June). Use of therapeutic alliance for resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Tobin will show why it is important to address the often overlooked therapeutic relationship; how to notice transference and countertransference issues, how to foster the therapeutic alliance; and how to utilize EMDR to install the alliance, once it has been established, as a resource to foster increased self-support, grounding, enhanced self-esteem and self-soothing capacities. Relevant psychodynamic theory on transference and countertransference, the applicability of this approach to various diagnostic groups will be discussed, contraindications will be cited and clinical examples will be presented.

Keywords: RDI Resource Installation Therapeutic Alliance

Accuracy Verified: Yes

242. Laliotis, D. (2008, June). Using EMDR as a contemporary psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach which is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected to major trauma but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are not so obvious but nonetheless a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and how to adequately address the insidious nature of these childhood experiences. Participants will learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and lasting change.

Keywords: Contemporary Psychology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

243. Tartakovsky, M. (2012, March). Using EMDR therapy to heal your past: Interview with creator Francine Shapiro. PsychCentral. [6 pages] Retrieved from http://psychcentral.com/lib/2012/using-emdr-therapy-to-heal-your-past-interview-with-creator-francine-shapiro/2/ on 3/26/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Is there something from EMDR that could be generalized to helping people live more mentally healthy, even if they don’t have a PTSD concern? Recent research has shown that certain types of life experiences can cause more PTSD symptoms than major trauma. It has also been documented that negative childhood experiences can cause later problems. EMDR therapy addresses the life experiences that set the foundation for a wide range of clinical complaints involving negative emotions, physical sensations, thoughts, beliefs, behaviors and relationship difficulties. It also incorporates procedures to address future concerns and challenges.  [Excerpt]

Keywords: Francine Shapiro Interview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

244. Becker-Fritz, T. (2003, September). Using EMDR with young adoptive children who have attachment disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many children and adolescents who present for serious behavior problems have been adopted both from here and from other counties. Parents and teachers are not prepared to deal with the attachment disorders that are part of the child. This workshop will present the symptoms of attachment disorders, as well as highlight those that are different for the Reactive Attachment Disorder. Use of EMDR protocols will be reviewed as they apply to working with young children who have experienced serious trauma and neglect at any early age and have not way to share these experieces except through their behaviors. Part of this presentation will address areas to assess with the parent regarding their own attachment issues that often get in the way of successful treatment. Finally, case review of several children will be presented that gives practical,hands on protocols that can be used to treat these children using EMDR.

Keywords: Adoptive Children Attachment Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

245. Britt, V., Bender, S. S., & Diepold, J. (2009, August). Using energy psychology to address inability to maintain dual attention focus in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The AIP model requires a dual focus with patient’s attention on the traumatic memory concomitant with an awareness of the present moment. Despite an intensive EMDR preparation phase, some patients lack the resources to tolerate the desensitization phase and are unable to achieve or maintain dual attention during the bilateral stimulation. In this workshop, we will teach techniques from the emerging field of energy psychology, such as polarity corrections and touch and breathe, which provide additional tools for the EMDR process and expand therapists’ strategies for assisting patients who are dissociative, fearful, abreactive or have limited self-regulatory skills.

Keywords: Energy Psychology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

246. Bisson, J. I. (2008, December). Using evidence to inform clinical practice shortly after traumatic events. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 21(6), 507-512. doi:10.1002/jts.20375.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Despite ongoing gaps in our knowledge, there is not considerable research evidence to inform clinical decisions and treatment plans shortly after traumatic events. The author use two fictional cases to illustrate an evidence-based approach to clinical management following traumatic events. The important of fully assessing individuals and tailoring management plans to address their specific needs optimally is highlighted by considering two distinct, but familiar types of presentations.

Keywords: Evidence-Based Approach

Accuracy Verified: Yes

247. Laliotis, D. (2008, Mai). Utiliser l’EMDR comme psychothérapie contemporaine [Using EMDR as a contemporary psychotherapy]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Il y a 20 ans l’EMDR débutait en tant que technique pour aider les clients à retraiter des expériences traumatiques. Depuis, l’EMDR s’est développé et constitue une approche thérapeutique complexe utilisée pour traiter des enjeux d’estime personnelle, de difficultés relationnelles ou de performances qui ne sont pas toujours reliées à des traumatismes majeurs, mais plutôt à des réseaux d’expériences non-intégrées. Le but de cet atelier est d’aider les cliniciens à développer une vision quant à la façon d’appliquer l’EMDR à ces situations où les « traumas » ne sont pas aussi évidents, mais où les expériences du passé ont encore des impacts importants sur les difficultés actuelles du client. Des présentations cliniques sur bande vidéo, permettront d’illustrer l’évolution du traitement EMDR et la manière adéquate de traiter la nature insidieuse de ces expériences de l’enfance. Les participants apprendront à conceptualiser le traitement, à appliquer les tissages cognitifs de façon à faciliter le processus de retraitement, et comment développer des projections futures qui supporteront la croissance personnelle et des changements durables.

Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach which is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected to major trauma but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are not so obvious but nonetheless a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and how to adequately address the insidious nature of these childhood experiences. Participants will learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and lasting change.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

248. Kiessling, R. (2009). The wedging technique. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 91-92). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

249. Fernandez, I., Mitchell, R., & Fenici, R. (2008, June). Welcome and conference opening. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Plenary

Accuracy Verified: Yes

250. Greenwald, R., & Shapiro, F. (2011). What Is EMDR? Concluding Commentary by Greenwald and Response by Shapiro. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(1), 2-13. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.1.25.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This Point/Counterpoint concludes the interchange in Greenwald, R. and Shapiro, F. (2010) What is EMDR?: Commentary by Greenwald and Invited Response by Shapiro Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 4, 170-179. Greenwald Rejoinder: In this rejoinder, I highlight areas of agreement between Shapiro and me that were obscured by Shapiro's (2010) response to my (Greenwald, 2010) commentary. I also address some of the erroneous statements made by Shapiro (2010) in her arguments against my positions. Finally, I summarize our disagreements, and again assert that until we have an empirical basis for preferring a particular theoretical model of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), it is premature for professional organizations to endorse Shapiro's model. Shapiro Response: In response to Greenwald, I again confine myself to addressing some of the errors and misconceptions in his arguments in relation to important aspects of EMDR therapy, theory, and research. Further, contrary to his assertion, there is already a sufficient empirical basis to support the preferential use of the adaptive information processing (AIP) model from which the EMDR procedures were formulated. His argument against this position is antithetical to the traditional process by which foundational models are challenged, refined, or replaced. Implications are salient to both training and practice.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Model Psychotherapy Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

251. Forgash, C. A. (2000). When a PTSD survivor becomes pregnant: Implications for EMDR treatment. Author.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
There are many questions and issues concerning the use of EMDR in the treastment of pregnant PTSD survivors. I think Tom Cloyd's EMDR Portal summary of the issues involved in the EMDR treatment of pregnant women who suffer from PTSD is a wonderful opening to an in-depth discussion of the subject. Since approximately one out of four women (USA National Child Abuse statistics) are survivors of childhood sexual abuse, and many of these have a diagnosis of PTSD, a not inconsiderable number of pregnant women at any given time are going to have PTSD symptoms.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Pregnancy PTSD Survivor

Accuracy Verified: Yes

252. Sage, H. (2007, March17). When EMDR gets stuck; how, why and what to do. Presentation at the Northern California EMDRIA Regional Meeting, Oakland, CA.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This three hour workshop will address three important advanced EMDR issues: (1) Exploring clinical and personal issues that arise for the therapist when using EMDR, (2) Exploring when processing gets stuck or slowed down for the client when using EMDR, and (3) Presenting some effective techniques for moving client’s through the stuck or blocked processing. Participants with only Level I training are also welcome and will find the workshop beneficial.

Keywords: Blocked Processing Stuck Processing

Accuracy Verified: No

253. Bender, S. S. (2009). When words and pictures fail: An introduction to adaptive information processing. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 49-56). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
As part of my discussion with my patients about their mind and the adaptive information processing (AIP) system, I find that patients are sometimes unable to find responses when asked about a picture representing the worst part of the event or what negative belief remains with them as a result of a life experience. It is my opinion that it is advantageous for the clinician to attempt to get all the pieces to the protocol and I recommend the scripts provides in this chapter as possible ways to do so. Use the scripts either during Phase 1 (history taking) or Phase 2 (preparation). The When Words and Pictures Fail Script is provided, and a case example is use to illustrate how to address unrecalled or missing assessment ingredients. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing System History Taking Life Experience Negative Beliefs Preparation Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

254. van Ommeren, M. (2013, June). WHO guidelines for mental disorders and problems specifically related to stress. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The WHO’s recently completed guideline “Problems and Disorders Specifically Related to Stress” was developed to address the absence of suitable, evidence-based WHO guidelines for managing problems and disorders. The presentation will include an introduction to the guideline, its rationale and methods. It will discuss the WHO recommendations for CBT, EMDR, stress management and antidepressants for PTSD. The presentation will emphasize challenges and opportunities for EMDR research and practice.

Keywords: Keynote WHO Guidelines

Accuracy Verified: Yes

255. Richman, A. (2004, June). Workshop refugees and EMDR - EMDR with refugees and victims of torture. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As trauma therapists we are increasingly encountering the challenge of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatized clients who are refugees from war torn countries and/or oppressive regimes. This presentation seeks to address some of the difficulties of working across cultures, often with the aid of interpreters, who themselves may have been traumatized. EMDR has been found to be a highly effective treatment for refugees, especially where there is a high degree of somatization.

Keywords: Refugees Torture

Accuracy Verified: Yes

256. Shapiro, F. (1991, August). Worth repeating. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1(1), 1-2.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This column is devoted to statements that were made in the workshop that should be ingrained in the mind of every EMDR practitioner. Since EMDR is still in the "experimental stage" (i.e., replication studies have not yet confiremed its efficacy, the EMDR-trained clinicians are the frontline spokespeople. In order to avoid misunderstandings of untrained clinicians and laypeople, please recall the following: EMDR is not a "cookiecutter; Reprocessing a trauma is like removing a quilt from the bed; Using EMDR is like opening a stuck faucet; Client safety is paramount; Never attempt EMDR In a nonclinical setting; EMDR is an interface with your clinical skills; Clients are at risk if EMDR is attempted by untrained clinicians; and Clients should not be placed at risk without their informed consent.

Keywords: Cautions Metaphors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

257. Neifeld, M. (2023, August 25). Writer gives EMDR a try. Pouchkeepsie Journal. Retrieved from http://www.poughkeepsiejournal.com/article/20120826/LIFE08/308260104/Writer-gives-EMDR-treatment-try?odyssey=mod|newswell|text|Life|s on 9/15/2012.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Note: Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing is a complex method of treatment that consists of eight phases, numerous procedural elements, and a set of protocols designed to address specific client complaints. For the purpose of this article only, a small sampling of this procedure was performed. [Excerpt]

Keywords: General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

258. 福井義一 [Fukui Yoshikazu]. (2009年3月). [Presidential address: Integrative use of clinical hypnosis and EMDR in combination: Potential for new trauma care from the encounter of clinical hypnosis and EMDR]. 臨床催眠、10、15-24日本誌 [Japanese Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 10, 15-24] .

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Keywords: Hypnosis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

259. Hill, L. (2008, June). ‘Saving Private Ryan’ – with the help of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A career soldier, who had fought in both Gulf wars and was suffering from PTSD and alcoholism, experienced a severe panic attack whilst watching the opening scenes of the film “Saving Private Ryan”. After 8 sessions of EMDR he asked if he would be able to watch the film now – without a panic attack. We decided to watch it together and used the first five minutes of the film to shape a unique therapy session encompassing grief work, the completion of the trauma work we had been doing with EMDR and the use of EMDR to enable him to begin to address the imminent life stage issue of retirement from the military and how he was to make meaning for himself from his experience. This is a case study which demonstrates the immense potential and flexibility of EMDR if we are able to respond creatively to our clients. This session is an invitation to think about how we can use EMDR creatively, remaining true to its protocols at the same time as being able to integrate it into our previously existing skills and respond flexibly and appropriately to our clients needs and suggestions. It is an example of creative and collaborative working with the client.

Keywords: Military

Accuracy Verified: Yes

260. Gelinas, D. (2013, May). “Smoke and mirrors” procedures for managing dissociative impediments during EMDR processing phases. Plenary presented at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Regional Network 9th Annual Spring Conference, Amherst MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
When clinicians understand how dissociation works and how to manage it, the considerable benefits of EMDR therapy can be provided to clients with complex posttraumatic disorders. This presentation is designed to help clinicians manage dissociative impediments to EMDR processing. It will address 1) the descriptive and structural approaches to understanding dissociation, 2) recognizing dissociative impediments (including the phobias of internal processes as defined in structural dissociation), 3) methods for reducing dissociative disruptions of processing, and 4) stepped procedures for managing them if they emerge. Videotape segments will illustrate clinical procedures.

Keywords: Dissociation Plenary

Accuracy Verified: Yes